ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

370
DOCUMENT RESUME ED 402 958 JC 960 635 AUTHOR Throne, David W. TITLE Integrating Ethics through Case Studies: Enhancing Learners' Ethical Thinking in Composition Classes. PUB DATE 25 May 94 NOTE 369p.; Materials used in a presentation at the Annual International Conference of the National Institute for Staff and Organizational Development on Teaching Excellence and Conference of Administrators (16th, Austin, TX, May 22-25, 1994); appendixes F and G contain handwritten materials which may not reproduce well. PUB TYPE Reports Descriptive (141) Speeches/Conference Papers (150) Tests/Evaluation Instruments (160) EDRS PRICE MFO1 /PC15 Plus Postage. DESCRIPTORS *Case Studies; Community Colleges; Controversial Issues (Course Content); *Critical Thinking; Curriculum Development; English Curriculum; *English Instruction; *Ethical Instruction; *Ethics; Learning Motivation; *Outcomes of Education; Pretests Posttests; Program Effectiveness; Two Year Colleges; Writing Assignments ABSTRACT As part of a federal grant to develop an across-the-curriculum ethics program, ethics instruction was integrated into English classes at Colorado's Community College of Aurora (CCA). In the English classes, students were first asked to read case studies from CCA's ethics handbook detailing specific ethical problems. In subsequent classes, students were divided into groups to discuss one of the case studies and then individually wrote responses to the ethical dilemma. Pre- and post-ethics surveys were distributed to 48 students in 4 English classes to determine their characteristics and whether the goals concerning ethics and critical behavior were achieved. An analysis of responses indicated the following: (1) 56% of the respondents were female, 81% earned less than $20,000 a year, and 67% were Caucasian; (2) while a slight change was found regarding students understanding of the term ethics on between pre- and post-tests, 84% indicated that their interest in writing had increased because of the ethics exercises; and (3) 88% felt that their tolerance when hearing different and opposing views had increased. Appendixes comprising the bulk of the document provide the 5 case studies from the CCA handbook; the written assignment for responding to the case studies; the pre- and post-test instruments; graphs of responses; students' analyses of the case studies; and all 48 completed surveys, with students' comments to fill-in-the-blank and open-ended questions. (TGI) *********************************************************************** Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be made from the original document. ***********************************************************************

Transcript of ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Page 1: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

DOCUMENT RESUME

ED 402 958 JC 960 635

AUTHOR Throne, David W.TITLE Integrating Ethics through Case Studies: Enhancing

Learners' Ethical Thinking in Composition Classes.PUB DATE 25 May 94NOTE 369p.; Materials used in a presentation at the Annual

International Conference of the National Institutefor Staff and Organizational Development on TeachingExcellence and Conference of Administrators (16th,Austin, TX, May 22-25, 1994); appendixes F and Gcontain handwritten materials which may not reproducewell.

PUB TYPE Reports Descriptive (141) Speeches/ConferencePapers (150) Tests/Evaluation Instruments (160)

EDRS PRICE MFO1 /PC15 Plus Postage.DESCRIPTORS *Case Studies; Community Colleges; Controversial

Issues (Course Content); *Critical Thinking;Curriculum Development; English Curriculum; *EnglishInstruction; *Ethical Instruction; *Ethics; LearningMotivation; *Outcomes of Education; PretestsPosttests; Program Effectiveness; Two Year Colleges;Writing Assignments

ABSTRACTAs part of a federal grant to develop an

across-the-curriculum ethics program, ethics instruction wasintegrated into English classes at Colorado's Community College ofAurora (CCA). In the English classes, students were first asked toread case studies from CCA's ethics handbook detailing specificethical problems. In subsequent classes, students were divided intogroups to discuss one of the case studies and then individually wroteresponses to the ethical dilemma. Pre- and post-ethics surveys weredistributed to 48 students in 4 English classes to determine theircharacteristics and whether the goals concerning ethics and criticalbehavior were achieved. An analysis of responses indicated thefollowing: (1) 56% of the respondents were female, 81% earned lessthan $20,000 a year, and 67% were Caucasian; (2) while a slightchange was found regarding students understanding of the term ethicson between pre- and post-tests, 84% indicated that their interest inwriting had increased because of the ethics exercises; and (3) 88%felt that their tolerance when hearing different and opposing viewshad increased. Appendixes comprising the bulk of the document providethe 5 case studies from the CCA handbook; the written assignment forresponding to the case studies; the pre- and post-test instruments;graphs of responses; students' analyses of the case studies; and all48 completed surveys, with students' comments to fill-in-the-blankand open-ended questions. (TGI)

***********************************************************************

Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be madefrom the original document.

***********************************************************************

Page 2: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ookr)

rnc.1O

Integrating Ethics 1

Running head: Integrating Ethics

Integrating Ethics through Case Studies: Enhancing Learners'Ethical Thinking in Composition Classes

Presented at theNational Institute for Staff and Organization Development (NISOD)

1994 Teaching Excellence ConferenceMay 25, 1994, in Austin Texas,

David W. ThroneCommunity College of Aurora

BEST COPY AVM ,ABLE

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONOffice of Educational Research and ImprovementEDUCATIONAL RESOURCES INFORMATION

CENTER IERIC)This document has been reproduced as1-C1 eceived from the person or organization

(4\Originating A

0 Minor changes have been made to improvereprodischOn

Points of view or opinions stated in this doCument do not necessarily represent officialOERI position or poliCy.

"PERMISSION TO REPRODUCE THISMATERIAL HAS BEEN GRANTED BY

D.W. Throne

TO THE EDUCATIONALRESOURCES

INFORMATION CENTER (ERIC)."

Page 3: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics2

CONTENTS

Foreword 5

Background 6

Integrating Ethics Exercises--An Overview 7

A Preliminary Summary on Incorporating Ethics in the English Classroom 9

Purpose of this Needs Assessment 10

Distributing Ethics Survey and Conducting Ethics Discussions 12

Analysis of Pre- and Post-Ethics Survey Responses (BackgroundInformation 16

Analysis of Pre- and Post-Ethics Survey Responses (Fill-in-the-Blank) 19

Analysis of Results to Question 1 19

Analysis of Results to Question 2 21

Analysis of Results to Question 3 22

Analysis of Results to Question 4 25

Analysis of Results to Question 5 29

Analysis of Pre- and Post-Ethics Survey Responses (Lickert Scale) 32

Analysis of Pre- and Post-Ethics Survey Responses (Graded Paragraphs) 33

Summary Analysis of Integrating Ethics Exercises through Case Studies 36

Final Thoughts for Using Ethics Exercises through Case Studies 39

Recommendations to English Instructors for Incorporating Ethics Exercisesthrough Case Studies in College English Writing Classes 41

References 43

Appendix A: Case Studies A-1

Appendix B: Written Assignment--Responding to One Case Study B-1

Appendix C: Needs Assessment Surveys A and B C-1

Appendix D: Pre- and Post-Ethics Survey Responses for Four EnglishClasses Fill -in- the -Blank Answers (Parts I-V) D-1

Appendix E: Pre- and Post-Ethics Survey Responses for Four EnglishClasses--Lickert Scale Responses (Tables and Graphs) E-1

Appendix F: Students' Written Assignments (Responding to One CaseStudy) F-1

Appendix G: Actual Surveys (Pre- and Post-) of All Respondants G-1

3

Page 4: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics3

TABLES

Table Page

1 Background Information (Part A) Class 1; Code Letter (C) 17

2 Background Information (Part A) Class 2; Code letter (P) 17

3 Background Information (Part A) Class 3; Code Letter (CI) 18

4 Background Information (Part A) Class 4; Code Letter (CII) 18

5 Background Information (Part A) All Classes; Code Letters(C, P, CI, CII) 18

6 Respondents Indicating An Increase (i) or Decrease (d) in TheirInterest in Writing after Incorporating Ethics Exercises 26

7 Respondents Indicating an Increase (i) or Decrease (d) in TheirTolerance of Other People's Opinions after Incorporating EthicsExercises 30

E-1 Lickert Scale Results of All Classes with Means and StandardDeviation E-2

E-2 Results of t-Test E-3

FIGURES

Figure Page

E-1 Ethics Survey Results Ql: Means (Avg) and Std Deviation(Std) E-4

E-2 Ethics Survey Results Q2: Means (Avg) and Std Deviation(Std) E-5

E-3 Ethics Survey Results Q3: Means (Avg) and Std Deviation(Std) E-6

E-4 Ethics Survey Results Q4: Means (Avg) and Std Deviation(Std) E-7

E-5 Ethics Survey Results 05: Means (Avg) and Std Deviation(Std) E-8

E-6 Ethics Survey Results Q6: Means (Avg) and Std Deviation(Std) E-9

E-7 Ethics Survey Results Q7: Means (Avg) and Std Deviation(Std) E-10

4

Page 5: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics4

FIGURES (continued)

Figure Page

E-8 Ethics Survey Results Q8: Means (Avg) and Std Deviation(Std) E-11

E-9 Ethics Survey Results Q9: Means (Avg) and Std Deviation(Std) E-12

5

Page 6: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics5

FOREWORD

Marcel Proust in his classic book Remembrance of Things Past stated

emphatically, "We don't receive wisdom. We must discover it ourselves

after a journey no one can take for us or spare us, for it is a point

of view about things." This point of view about "things" has been

pointed out to me by Dr. C. David Lisman, Director, Ethics Project,

Community College of Aurora, while guiding and instructing a faculty

seminar titled "Integrating Ethics in the Curriculum" and by reading

through A Participant's Handbook for Integrating Ethics Into the

Classroom, which was our "bible" for the project. I think that the

faculty who participated in this project now realize the profound

effect that "teaching" (and I use the term loosely) ethics can have

upon students if integrated intelligently and judiciously in their

chosen curriculum. In reality, the teaching and integrating of ethics

within any course at the college level can provide students with

valuable insights concerning morality on not only the academic level,

but on personal and occupational levels, too. By incorporating and

"teaching" ethics in the academic setting, students can analytically

gain new insights concerning morality and ethical behavior by

critically and reflectively thinking about such issues. Also,

students, I think, can be taught to not only recognize ethical issues,

but develop the analytical skills to respond morally and responsibly

with their brains as well as their hearts. As Artistotle once said.

"Educating the mind without educating the heart is no education at

all."

6

Page 7: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics6

BACKGROUND

In the fall of 1990, the Community College of Aurora (CCA) received a

federal grant, which was awarded by FIPSE (Fund for the Improvement of Post-

Secondary Education), to develop a three-year, across-the-curriculum, ethics

program. CCA was one of only a handful of community colleges nationwide to be

selected for this grant award, which was quite an honor considering 1900

higher education institutions vied for this prestigious grant. I was

fortunate enough to be one of the first faculty members at CCA to participate

in this project headed by Dr. C. David Lisman. Our project goal was to

integrate ethics "somehow" into our respective academic areas. Being an

English instructor at both the developmental and composition levels, I

explored various options to integrate ethics into my English classes. As a

participant, I was schooled in moral theory and its application via the class-

room.

At the onset of this project, it was conjectured that one of the primary

ways by which students could gain insight into morality was to have the

opportunity to reflect and discuss ethical issues and concerns that pertain to

their college courses. The basic purpose for teaching ethics was to provide

students with those concepts and analytical skills that would enable them to

deal with broad ethical theory in attempting to resolve both personal and pro-

fessional dilemmas as well as to reflect on the moral issues which face our

society daily. This growing interest in interdisciplinary ethics has been

fueled by recent, well-publicized abuses of power such as the savings and loan

(S&L) scandal, HUD abuse, and so forth. The remarkable aspect here, I think,

is that ethics has been integrated quite successfully in medical schools

across our nation for the past decade; however, in other areas of the academic

world, integrating ethics has had few proponents, which I feel has "robbed"

7

Page 8: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics7

our college classroom learners of receiving a complete, well-rounded

education.

Consequently, the objectives of this project were multifarious. Since each

faculty member's goal was to develop or design a tool to integrate ethics into

his or her respective course, the following objectives were to be considered

by the individual project participant, to help his or her learners understand

the importance of ethical behavior in their daily lives: the instructor must

try to help the student...

stimulate the moral imagination;

recognize ethical issues;

develop analytical skills;

elicit a sense of moral obligation and personal responsibility; and

develop tolerance toward disagreement and the inevitable ambiguities

in dealing with ethical problems.

INTEGRATING ETHICS EXERCISES -AN OVERVIEW

I chose to integrate ethics into my English classrooms by using selected

case studies from our ethics "handbook" (see Appendix A). I had my students

in English composition classes at CCA in the fall and spring of 1990-1991 read

the case studies for homework. Then, in the next class session, I explained

that morality "refers to a set of principles or rules that guide us in our

actions" and that "ethical theory or moral philosophy refers to reflection on

the nature of morality" and that "this definition of morality provides us with

a guideline for distinguishing an ethical from a non-ethical situation"

(Lisman, 1990, p. 1). Then, I explicated that a moral or ethical situation is

"any situation in which the interests or needs of another must be taken into

account in our decision and in which one is confronted with a decision of

principle concerning whether one's own needs or interests deserve precedence

Page 9: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics8

over those of others" (Lisman, 1990, p. 10).

Next, I divided them into teams to discuss one case study and come up with

a solution to the ethical dilemma. If there was dissension within the group

concerning the solution, I asked them to work together to come up with a

"consensus solution" for their particular group. We then had each group

choose a spokesperson, who would state the group's "consensus solution" to

the class. Their solution was then discussed with the entire class and

opposing views were considered. In addition, I did explain our nation's laws

concerning any legal ramifications such as the separation of church and state.

Naturally, lively discussions ensued, and it was a raucous time for this

instructor trying to delineate and decipher the various viewpoints.

The next step, after all six case studies were discussed in class, was a

written assignment (See Appendix B). Each student was asked to write a

well-developed paragraph with his or her solution to the ethical dilemma

involved for one of the case studies discussed in class. They were asked to

think logically and ethically concerning their chosen solution, providing not

only the finished paragraph, but a "brainstorm" on how they arrived at this

solution. (This, of course, is a brief overview of the integration. A more

specific, detailed description can be found in a later section of this

report.)

As an educator in English, I believed that this type of exercise was an

excellent way to get learners to at least think and write about something, so

I could help them with their English (grammar, punctuation, spelling, and so

forth). I also felt that I could also respond individually to the student as

far as his or her analytical skills used during the critical-thinking process.

In essence, this type of ethical case study exercise seemed to motivate

students of English to write about something that they deemed interesting; for

9

Page 10: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics9

the most part, however, I think my students enjoyed doing this particular type

of exercise.

A PRELIMINARY SUMMARY ON INCORPORATING ETHICS IN THE ENGLISH CLASSROOM

By incorporating ethical exercises with ethical dilemmas in need of

solutions as writing avenues into my English classroom, I felt that I had

provided my students an arena to explore their own feelings about some of the

moral issues facing our complex society today, especially in an academic

environment. Because we live in a such fast-paced, technological world, I

believed that my learners needed to be provided with such ethical issue

exercises, so they could have a greater understanding of themselves 'as human

beings. Hopefully, my students would understand that empathy, and the

capacity to display it, was important, too. I found that presenting case

studies with ethical issues in class, discussing them, and then writing about

them seemed to help my students interact with one another with respect and

made them more aware that some issues were complex and that these issues

needed to be discussed and dissected to come up with reasonable and

(hopefully) ethical solutions. It seemed that this particular exercise

brought my students, not only closer to me as far as rapport, but also closer

to one another as far as understanding each other's views. I believed that

providing an ethics forum with both oral and written exercises made my

students think and write more analytically and demanded them to reflectively

and critically think before arriving at a specific solution. I saw no problem

or disadvantage in incorporating such an exercise, and I think that it

certainly worked in my particular classrooms as it seemed to help my learners

think more deeply about ethical dilemmas both inside and outside an academic

setting.

As an educator, the importance of incorporating ethics into our classrooms

Page 11: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics10

is paramount as reflected in the National. Education Association's (NEA) "Code

of Ethics in the Education ProfessionPsr Preamble, which states, "The

educator, believing in the worth and dignity of each human being, recognizes

the supreme importance of the pursuit of truth, devotion to excellence, and

the nurture of democratic principles..." (1975). Incorporating ethics in

academia, as Proust said, may be one of those important things. But, was I

really making a difference in my learner's behavior by promoting ethical

thinking? Did I increase their ability to recognize ethical issues by

introducing case studies in my classroom? Did I increase their ability to

make ethical decisions and/or draw conclusions? Were my students now more

tolerant to differences in opinions concerning ethical solutions? And

finally, did discussing case studies'with ethical dilemmas and then writing a

response to them increase their interest in writing? These questions, I

believe, can be translated to goals, which I hope to present when this study

is complete. Hopefully, I will see a justfication for presenting these

ethical dilemmas, and maybe, I will have changed some of my student's moral or

ethical behavior in a positive manner.

PURPOSE OF THIS NEEDS ASSESSMENT

To investigate and hopefully discover the answer to these important

questions (since I had been introducing case studies with ethical dilemmas for

the past year in my writing classes), I have decided to conduct a needs

assessment this semester to four English classes in three area junior and

community colleges in the greater Denver metropolitan area, which should give

me a somewhat diverse population sample. According to Burton and Merrill's

modified definition, a needs assessment "is the process of determining goals,

measuring needs, and establishing priorities for action" (Briggs et al, 1991,

p. 23). With this modified definition in mind, I have designed an instrument

11

Page 12: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics11

to give my students to see if I am achieving the goals concerning ethics and

ethical behavior in my English classes (see Appendix C).

But, what is the real purpose of examining social issues and writing about

them in an English class? Is there a benefit? In Samuel Totten's informative

article "Addressing Social Issues in the English Classroom," he adamently

states:

By its very nature a democracy needs citizens who are aware,informed, and critical, in the best sense of the word. And itseems as if the schools have a special responsibility to prepareour students to become such citizens. To do so it seems imperativethat the schools need to deal with the "burning" issues of the day,and not in a perfunctory manner; but in a way where the students areboth encouraged and provided with assistance in truly grappling withand pondering what they have heard and read. That is, they need tocome to understand that they should not simply accept every statement,idea, and ideal as unequivocal fact, but should make an effort to delvebeneath the surface in order to fully examine the truths, values, andramifications of that which is put forth (p. 5).

Further, he believes that if an educator really cares about fully educating

the learner, then that educator will not "shy away" from helping the learner

learn, understand, and respond intelligently about key social issues.

In the best English classrooms the curriculum is an amalgamof reading, writing, speaking, and listening, in which criticalthinking is an integral, and not an adjunct, component of it. It

is also one in which students deal with ideas concerning theindividual's relationship to his/her society and environment. Thus,it seems that the explicit inclusion of the study of social issuesinto the English curriculum would be a natural fit; but, be that asit may, that has not, for the most part, been the case (p. 6).

Is this true? I wholeheartedly believe the answer is, "Yes!" It does seem

(especially in recent conversations with my English colleagues at various

institutions of higher learning) that my fellow educators in English rarely

encourage or incorporate the examination of ethical issues, which might relate

to their students' daily lives. This, I think, is a shame because here is the

chance for English educators to possibly make writing paragraphs, essays,

12

Page 13: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics12

whatever, a more interesting and motivating learning experience. Let's face

it . . . writing for an English teacher is a bore; thus, educators such as

John Dewey and other theorists on writing have noted that "if the students

have a vested or genuine interest in what they are studying or writing about

then the learning process will be that much more efficacious as well as

valuable . . ." and that ". . . one of the most fascinating ways to enliven

and make the curriculum more relevant to the lives of our students is by

incorporating the study of social issues into the extant curriculum" (Totten,

1986, p. 8).

It is my belief that the critical and reflective thinking skills acquired

during the examination and discussion of case studies in the classroom and

then responding to them by writing a resolution to an ethical dilemma will

prove to be valuable, not only in their academic coursework, but also in their

daily lives. And research seems to agree.

More specifically, these skills/abilities should result instudents who are capable of: knowing when and how to search for, andevaluate data; clearly abstracting and organizing information; dealingwith divergent points of view as well as difficult and perplexingquestions; listening to, considering, weighing, and evaluating ideas,concepts, etc.; detecting bias and propaganda; recognizing and examin-ing his/her own points of view, values, prejudices and beliefs; "pre-senting their own ideas logically and convincingly, relying upon under-standing instead of emotion"; formulating hypotheses and taking diff-erent positions which are solidly grounded; dealing with problematicsituations in a democratic way; synthesizing ideas, concepts, etc.;reaching conclusions, which will often be tentative, based on his/herstudy; identifying and evaluating possible courses of action; etc.(Totten, 1986, p. 14).

DISTRIBUTING ETHICS SURVEY AND CONDUCTING ETHICS DISCUSSIONS

As previously discussed, I designed a pre- and post-ethics survey (see

Appendix C) to see if reading and discussing ethical case studies and

subsequently writing a paragraph responding to one case study by each student

(1) made a difference in their ethical and moral thinking; (2) increased their

13

Page 14: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics13

ability to make ethical and moral decisions and/or draw conclusions; (3) made

them more tolerant to differences in opinions concerning ethical solutions; and

(4) increased their interest in writing in English classes after reading,

discussing, and responding to them. These, I felt, were the issues I was trying

to address. Since accountability and relevance are vitally important in our

education system, I designed a pre- and post-ethics survey to measure my

students' feelings concerning these issues. These terms, accountability and

relevance, roughly translate to mean "that what is taught should be useful to

the individual, community, and country, and that educators . . . should be

responsible for the success or failure of their efforts" (Briggs et al, 1991, p.

18). Essentially, I wanted to determine if what I was doing made a difference

in their thinking concerning ethical and moral issues.

The pretest questionnaire (Ethics Survey A) was given before my short lecture

on moral and ethical thinking and before I gave them the ethical case studies to

read. It consisted of three parts: (1) Part A--general information background

concerning gender, age, income, and race; (2) Part B--three general, open-ended

questions relating to ethics as well as writing about such subjects; (3) nine

questions on a Lickert scale relating to their feelings about ethics in their

personal and social lives. I had each student choose a number (one to

twenty-five) from a list I passed around and had them record this number in the

upper right-hand corner of their questionnaire where a space was provided. This

list was given to a "student monitor" to "save" until the post-questionnaire,

where they were instructed to use the same number again. This assured anonomity

for each student's answers and was used to "measure" their pre- and post-ethics

survey responses. I then gave a short lecture (10 to 15 minutes) on moral and

ethical theory whereupon I distributed the case studies packet at the end of

class. I instructed them to read each case study by the next class period,

Page 15: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics14

asking them to come prepared to discuss the ethical dilemma in each case. I

also gave them the written assignment (Appendix B), so they would keep in mind

the written assignment that would be turned in the following week.

When the next class commenced, I noticed that most of my learners had read

the six case studies (which as an educator was somewhat surprising) and were

genuinely interested in discussing them. We discussed "Case Study No. 1: Equal

Treatment" (see Appendix A) as a group, taking each "fact" or point into mind,

and arrived at a few solutions to solve this particular ethical dilemma.

Surprisingly, all my students in all my classes adamantly agreed that Sharon

Broomstead needed to grade students on one scale and one scale only. Even those

learners that I deemed "shy" and "reserved" throughout the first eight weeks of

the semester wanted their opinions heard, which I thought was remarkable. (In

essence, I conjectured that their interest was piqued, and they were motivated

to speak up concerning equal treatment in the classroom.)

After discussing the first case study, I divided them into five groups (with

each group taking one case study) and instructed them to choose a "spokes-

person," who would report their "consensus solution" to the class. I gave them

ten minutes to do this. As I observed from the podium at the front of the

class, I was somewhat astounded: most, if not all learners (in each of my four

classes), became feverishly involved, wanting their opinions and solutions to be

heard by the other members in their group--and yes, it was a raucous, active

learning situation.

After 10 minutes, we reconvened as a group. I then had each student spokes-

person address the class for his or her own group's solution to the ethical

dilemma of their ethical case study. After the solution was presented with each

point of the case study taken into consideration, the rest of the class members

were allowed to infuse their own opinions and solutions. Yes, there were

15

Page 16: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics15

counter-arguments, profusely interjected, with learners sometimes agreeing and

disagreeing about who the "bad guy" was; but, as an observer who did not become

actively involved (as I wanted my opinions not to influence any of my learner's

thinking), I was impressed by their ethical and logical analyzations as they

spewed their own particular solutions and feelings concerning each ethical

dilemma in each of the remaining case studies. I was also amazed how my

learners worked together in groups toward a common solution and how they tried

to win over the rest of their peers in the ensuing class discussions. Overall,

I felt that such discussions were "relevant" to their own lives (as stories

similar to the case studies almost always "popped" up) and that these

discussions seemed to enlighten them with ideas for their own paragraph

responses, which were due at the next class meeting--no exceptions. This

discussion of all six ethical cases, it should be noted, took one hour and

fifteen minutes--or one class meeting.

At the next class meeting, I collected their typed paragraphs, along with any

brainstorming, etc., and was further impressed by the number of assignments

turned in on time, which is usually an English instructor's nemesis. Each of my

four classes' students turned in a paragraph, minus two from one class, which

turned out to be nearly 100 percent. This "happening", in itself, is truly

amazing as the vigor to accomplish such writing tasks in English classes is

usually not present.

I then distributed "Ethics Survey B" (Appendix C), which was designed exactly

like Ethics Survey A except for two questions added in Part B that pertained to

writing and discussing ethical case studies in my class. If any learner forgot

his or her code number, the student monitor had it. (This paper matching

students with numbers was "tossed" after all learners responded to Ethics Survey

B.) After collecting this survey, the students seemed anxious to know my

Page 17: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics16

opinions. Hence, I then summarized every case study briefly, giving them my

opinion for each. I believe they appreciated and respected my viewpoints as a

professional educator, and most learners saw that many solutions existed as long

as the solutions were logical, ethical, and moral. Before this, some learners

were worried that the solutions presented in their paragraphs, being different,

might be downgraded. This exercise seemed successful, but I needed to analyze

the data to see if it was a worthwhile activity, that is, presenting ethical

case studies as a writing assignment.

ANALYSIS OF PRE- AND POST-SURVEY RESPONSES (BACKGROUND INFORMATION)

Tables 1 through 4 show each of the four participating English classes and

their student population makeup, which I categorized as general background

information (Part A on the pre- and post-ethics surveys). Depicted are four

areas of concern: gender, age, income per year, and race. I felt that these

areas would show me some of the general characteristics of my learners for each

class who participated in this research project. Table 5 is a summary of all

participants' background information from the four classes who particpated.

Overall, 21 male (44 percent) and 27 female (56 percent) learners took part

in my survey (48 participants); that is, they were present (in class) when the

pre- and post-questionnaires were distributed on separate days. The ages of my

respondents ranged mostly from 18 to 40 years old. Consequently, three

categories of age groups (under 21 years, 21 to 30 years, and 31 to 40 years)

made up the total sample (one participant was 41 years or older), and the number

of respondents in each of these three categories were almost identical (see

Table 5). The majority of my respondents' incomes (39 out of 48 or 81 percent)

made less than $20,000, which most likely indicates that they were full- or

part-time students from the lower or middle class and were most likely working

full- or part-time. Thirty-two respondents of my total sample population were

Page 18: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics17

Caucasian (67 percent); sixteen respondents were from minority groups (33

percent), which included nine African-Americans, five Hispanics, one Asian, and

one American Indian.

I think this background information of total respondents who participated

in my survey shows quite a diversification of individuals as far as race, income

per year, and age. This possibly indicates that my population sample was

diversified and was a fair representation of community college students (three

different community colleges) in the Denver metropolitan area, who participated

in the survey.

Table 1 Background Information (Part A)Class 1; Code Letter (C)

Gender No. of Respondents Age No. of RespondentsMale 8 Under 21 years 4

Female 6 21-30 years 4

31-40 years 6

41-65 years 0

Income per Year No. of Respondents Race No. of Respondaentsunder $10,000 3 Caucasian 6

$10,000 to 20,000 6 Afro-American 7

$20,000 to $30,000 3 Hispanic 1

$30,000 and up 2 Asian 0American Indian 0

Other 0

Table 2 Background Information (Part A)Class 2; Code Letter (P)

Gender No. of Respondents Age No. of RespondentsMale 2 Under 21 years 1

Female 8 21-30 years 1

31-40 years 7

41-65 years 1

Income per Year No. of Respondents Race No. of Respondentsunder $10,000 4 Caucasian 10

$10,000 to 20,000 5 Afro-American 0

$20,000 to 30,000 1 Hispanic 0

$30,000 and up 0 Asian 0American Indian 0

Other 0

BEST COPY AVM BLE

18

Page 19: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics18

Table 3 Background Information (Part A)Class 3; Code Letter (DI)

Gender No. of RespondentsMale 6

Female 6

Income per Yearunder $10,000$10,000 to 20,000$20,000 to 30,000$30,000 and up

No. of Respondents9

2

01

AgeUnder 21 years21-30 years31-40 years41-65 years

RaceCaucasianAfro-AmericanHispanicAsianAmerican IndianOther

No. of Respondents6

5

1

0

No. of Respondents9

1

1

01

0

Table 4 Background Information (Part A)Class 4; Code Letter (DII)

Gender No. of RespondentsMale 5

Female 7

Income per Yearunder $10,000$10,000 to 20,000$20,000 to 30,000$30,000 and up

No. of Respondents5

5

02

Ageunder 21 years21-30 years31-40 years41-65 years

RaceCaucasianAfro-AmericanHispanicAsianAmerican IndianOther

No. of Respondents6

5

1

0

No. of Respondents7

1

3

1

00

Table 5 Background Information (Part A)All Classes; Code Letters (C, P, DI, DII)

Gender No. of RespondentsMale 21Female 27

Income per Yearunder $10,000$10,000 to 20,000$20,000 to 30,000$30,000 and up

No. of Respondents21

18

4

5

Ageunder 21 years21-30 years31-40 years41-65 years

RaceCaucasianAfro-AmericanHispanic,AsianAmerican IndianOther

No. of Respondents17

15151

No. of Respondents329

5

1

1

0

19

Page 20: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics19

ANALYSIS OF PRE- AND POST-ETHICS SURVEY RESPONSES

(Fill-in-the Blank)

Analysis of Responses to Question 1

The responses to Part B, Question 1, "When I hear the word ethics, I

think . . ." showed some change occurred in some learners' understanding of the

term ethics (see Appendix D). Although the analysis of this section of the

survey will be totally subjective, I hope to show that the integration of

ethical case studies made those students who didn't understand the term

"ethics" more fully sensitive and aware of the term and could define this term

more precisely after discussing and writing about ethics in a classroom

situation.

In class 1 (respondents C-2 through C-21), more than half of the respondents

(nine) defined the term succinctly on both the pre- and post-survey. However,

five respondents changed from generic responses ("race, cultures, and

religion"; "people problems"; "races and nationalities"; "proper home

training"; "racial cultures, social values"; and "of nothing") to more

reflective, precise responses after ethics instruction and discussion ("morals,

right and wrong"; "fairness"; "making the right decisions"; "of how one is

taught to think"; "of moral decisions"; and "everyone should be treated

equally"). These post-survey responses, I think, show that these respondents'

original perceptions of ethics changed dramatically after a week of ethics

instruction and activities to a more sensitive, acute awareness of what ethics

really means in their lives.

In class 2 (respondents P-1 thrugh P-14), again, most learners (seven) had

shown no change from their pre- to post-survey responses, as they understood

what ethics entailed. However, three learners' responses changed from little

knowledge of the term ("confusion and sorrow"; "races of people interact"; and

Page 21: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics20

"familiar values") to a better understanding ("of morals"; "how one person or

group relates to a specific dilemma"; and "morals, familiar values") of the

term ethics.

In class 3 (DI -1 to DI-14), less than half the learners' responses (five)

showed no change in their responses; however, seven learners' changed their

responses, showing a more precise understanding of the term ethics. In these

learners' surveys, they answered with vague responses ("of people's personal

opinions"; "of things like morals"; "of educated thinking"; etc.) in their

pre-ethics surveys to a more precise understanding of the term ("people's

personal opinion about morality"; "things that deal with morality and how they

affect each other"; "it's the difference between right and wrong"; etc.) in

their post-ethics surveys.

Lastly, in class 4 (DII-1 through DII-18), most learners' responses (ten) to

this question showed that the affect of instruction was slight. However, two

learners pre-survey answers ("personal rights, and belief" and "to race, creed,

and color") exhibited a better understanding of the term in their post-survey

responses ("about how it varies from person to person . . . to know different

ethics of different people" and "pertains to equal opportunity").

Looking over the responses to this first question and subjectively comparing

the responses in all four classes, I think that the ethical case study lecture

and subsequent discussions affected those learners who never really understood

what ethics entailed. These learners showed a more precise and better

understanding of the term and learned how ethical dilemmas are entwined in

their daily lives. It is my opinion that if such instruction can help just a

handful of learners by this incorporation of ethical case studies in English

, writing classes, we (as educators) are helping learners think more analytically

and morally when faced with ethical dilemmas in their day-to-day experiences.

21

Page 22: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics21

Analysis of Responses to Question 2

The responses to Part B, Question 2, "When I am asked to write about a

controversial topic, I find . . ." showed little change occurred when learners

were asked to write about a controversial topic (see Appendix D for both pre-

and post-ethics survey responses). Most learners either found it extremely

difficult or easy to write on controversial issues, or they were extremely

interested or not interested in writing about such issues. However, a few

learners from each of the four classes exhibited a dramatic change when

responding to this question.

In class 1 (C-2 through C-21), one learner in his pre-ethics survey respond-

ed that it was difficult to write on controversial issues ("it's difficult"),

but in his post-ethics survey response, the learner found it "very

interesting." In class 2 (P-1 through P-14), this same trend was exhibited by

one learner who stated "it's difficult" in the pre-ethics survery, but

proclaimed that "it's interesting most of the time . . ." in the post-ethics

survey. Another learner in class 2 initially stated that "it's fun and easy,"

but in the post-ethics survey response that "it's interesting if it's real

controversial like Madonna." Also, in class 2, a learner stated that "it's

difficUlt unless directly affected," but related in the post-ethics survey

response that "I have to break down the subject and write about a segment."

These responses from classes 1 and 2 indicate that some learners' interests was

aroused and that one learner thought more analytically when faced with a

controversial issue.

In classes 3 and 4, more profound changes in learners took place. One

learner stated that "I cannot take sides," but in this learner's post-ethics

survey response, she emphatically proclaimed, "I can take a side if it goes

with my ethics," which most assuredly indicates that her confidence had been

22

Page 23: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics22

elevated when asked to write about a controversial issue after the instruction

and discussions. Another interesting initial response in this class indicated

that the respondant got "defensive" if he thought he was "right," but in the

post-ethics survey response, he proclaimed that even though he had a "strong

opinion--he now listened to other persons as well," which indicates a tolerance

to listening to other's opinions. Again, another respondent had an initial

generic response in the pre-ethics survey ("abortion at the top of the list")

to a post-ethics survey response of being "more interested and have much to

write about." One respondent claimed in the pre-ethics survey that writing

about controversial issues was "hard to do," but in his post-ethics survey

response said that it was "cause to separate and talk about them," which

indicates this learner's analytical thought processes were set in motion.

Most respondents thought these ethical case study were "fun" ("I like to do

it"); however, a handful of learners found it "boring," or stated "nothing came

to mind." Reviewing the pre- and post-ethics survey responses in the four

classes, I find that the overwhelming majority of learners found this ethics

class interesting, which certainly indicates that this type of exercise could

be a factor when motivating students to think and write analytically while

keeping ethical and moral behavior in mind.

Analysis of Responses to Question 3

The responses to Part B, Question 3, "When I'm asked to write about a

situation with an ethical dilemma, I find . . ." showed some change occurred

when writing about a situation with an ethical dilemma. Most learners again

found it extremely difficult (and confusing) or easy to write about a situation

with an ethical dilemma (see Appendix D). However, some learners from each of

the four classes exhibited a dramatic shift when responding to the question as

subjectively adjucated by the difference in their pre- and post-ethics survey

23

Page 24: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics23

responses.

In class 1 (C-2 through C-21), one respondent initially stated that he was

"getting confused," yet in the post-ethics survey response proclaimed "it's

easy because I know what morals or ethics are," which indicates that the

lecture and discussions had a profound affect in at least recognizing ethical

dilemmas. However, another respondent in the pre-ethics survey found "it's

easier because most people have an idea of what right and wrong is," but in her

post-ethics response stated that "it's difficult. I don't like making that

kind of decision," which possibly shows that the lecture and discussion

affected her perceptions in some ethical dilemmas because no one answer is

truly correct as there are many ways to solve just one ethical dilemma.

Likewise, another respondent recognized at first that she must "work hard to

find information about it," but stated in the post-ethics survey "it's [still]

hard to write about because there are many situations," recognizing that there

are various solutions depending on the facts of the situation. This, I

believe, shows that these students recognized that a thorough analysis is

required to support any solution. Three respondents proclaimed that their

ethical beliefs and personal emotions would be used in solving ethical

situations on their pre-ethics survey responses ("I involved my own ethical

beliefs"; "my extremist attitudes . . . my opinions are based on religious

beliefs"; and "try to be objective and sympathetic") to a more open, ethical

response based on society's mores ("myself taking sides with the one using

proper ethics"; "the problem has a solution"; and "ethical standards [in

society] are my guidelines."

In class 2 (P-1 through P-14), two respondents showed some change in their

responses. In the pre-ethics survey, one respondent stated that she needed

"more information about the dilemma before I feel comfortable with the

24

Page 25: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics24

dilemma," but stated in the post-ethics survey that "it is best to analyze each

part of the situation and then write about it," indicating that she learned to

be analytical when resolving ethical situations. Likewise, another respondent

initially claimed that "I have a hard time putting thoughts into words," but

later said "I need time to think," indicating that thinking about such terms

took time by the student to come up with an ethical solution.

In class 3 (DI-1 through DI-14), two respondents found it difficult to write

about an ethical situation ("myself fighting with myself" and "it's difficult"

to more open responses, which became easier to write about ("I'm more open to

both sides of story" and "it's easy because I have my own opinions") as stated

on their post-ethics surveys. One respondent first stated that "I feel

comfortable about it", but in her post-ethics survey response said "it's hard

to come up with a solution", indicating that internal moral thinking made a

solution more difficult because of the many solutions that could be present.

Another respondent stated that "nothing" came to mind, but his post-ethics

survey response exclaimed that "my morals and values play a significant part in

my writing," which seems to indicate that he was motivated to write and that he

felt there was nothing wrong with interjecting his own moral beliefs to resolve

an ethical dilemma. Likewise, two other respondents stated in their

post-ethics survey responses (after quite generic pre-ethics survey responses)

that they "found it to be challenging" and "that it is a way to express myself

about how I feel . . .," which again reflects that motivational changes were

present.

In class 4 (DII-1 through DII-18), four learners in their post-ethics

surveys responded that it was enjoyable, interesting, and fun to write on

ethical issues ("it's interesting . . .," "it's fun," "I enjoy writing about my

solution," and "I like to do it"), which indicates that this ethics activity

25

Page 26: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics25

was intrinsically enjoyable to them.

These responses to questions 1-3 (Part B, fill-in-the-blank), especially the

post-ethics survey responses, revealed some pertinent data about incorporating

ethics through case studies. Many students found that if they could

analytically (analyze point-by-point) summarize an ethical dilemma, they felt

more comfortable and confident when discussing and writing about it. Many

learners found that this type of exercise was enjoyable, interesting, and fun,

which could indicate-that these ethical exercises possibly motivated them to

write about it after analyzing the ethical situation through discussion with

their peers during class. Also, I believe that the responses to these first

three questions indicate that most students had a more thorough understanding

of the term ethics, which could possibly help them in their daily encounters

with ethical situations.

Analysis of Responses to Question 4

Probably the most enlightening responses were found in this fill-in-the-

blank question. Here, the learners were asked, "Discussing ethical issues and

writing about them in this English class has increased or decreased my interest

in writing because. . . " This question appeared only on the post-ethics

survey after the lecture, discussion, and writing a solution to an ethical

dilemma in one case study. Also, they were asked to cross out either

"increased" or "decreased" to complete the statement before writing the

open-ended response (see Appendix C, Ethics Survey B, for the exact wording of

question 4).

As shown in Table 6, 44 respondents crossed out either increased or

decreased to complete their statements for question 4 (see Appendix D). For

all classes, 37 respondents depicted an increase and 7 responses reflected a

decrease in their interest in writing after discussing and writing about

Page 27: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics26

ethical issues; consequently, 84 percent of my learners felt that their

interest in writing increased, and only 16 percent felt that their interest in

writing decreased. This, I believe, is an interesting statistic and is

extremely pertinent to those English instructors looking for ways to interest

and possibly motivate learners to write "something" in their English classes,

so we can help them become better writers. If we, as English teachers, can

present interesting topics to motivate students to write "something," we'll at

least have "something" written by students where we can provide feedback to

their writing as far as mechanics, grammar, clarity, organization, and so

forth. Does the presentation of ethics exercises through case studies provide

learners interesting and motivating topics to write upon? I sincerely believe

the answer to this question is a profound "YES!" As most English instructors

of writing classes know, it is sometimes extremely difficult to motivate and

interest students in writing about anything which is usually presented in our

English texts, because some students see those generic topics as boring and

rationalize them as unmotivating as far as responding in writing to them.

However, the fill-in-the-blank responses to part B, question 4, are even more

enlightening and should justify more English instructors to utilize such an

ethics exercise (see Appendix D, Part IV).

Table 6 Respondents Indicating An Increase (i) or Decrease (d)in Their Interest in Writing after Incorporating Ethics Exercises

Class No. of Respondents* Increase Decrease1 (C-2 thru C-21) 12 10 2

2 (P-1 thru P-14) 9 8 1

3 (DI-1 thru DI-14) 12 9 3

4 (DII-1 thru DII-18) 11 10 1

All Classes 44 37 7

*Some respondents failed to cross out either increase or decrease or said thisincorporation had no effect; therefore, I listed them as no response (N/A).

In class 1 (C-2 through C-21), 83 percent of the learners responded that

their interest in writing increased after incorporating ethics exercises. The

27

Page 28: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics27

responses indicating an increase in their interest in writing were as follows:

1. turned my mind onto new things;

2. issues more fun to write about;

3. there are a lot of different views;

4. opinions can be voiced and suggestions made;

5. increase awareness;

6. now there are more ideas to write about;

7. it allows me to think and learn on issues that someday may affect me;

8. now I don't feel that my opinion is wrong;

9. it has cultivated my thinking and seeing things from one view; and

10. it is applicable to the real life of work.

Wow! As an English writing instructor, these types of responses most

assuredly indicate that the incorporation of ethics exercises has given my

students more topics to write about and more topics to think about and

analytically respond to. They also have indicated that it's fun, that it'll

help them in "real life," and that their opinions are not necessarily wrong.

Even the two learners who stated that their interest in writing decreased

exclaimed "it can help me make good decisions in certain situations" and "I

like writing about fictional things," which shows the instruction and

discussion forced them to think analytically and creatively, and this exercise

piqued their interest and awareness of sensitive ethical issues.

In class 2 (P-1 through P-14), 89 percent of the respondents declared an

increase in their interest in writing. These responses indicating an increase

were as follows:

1. I can now look at different views of a situation;

2. I feel it has opened a new door for me;

3. I think it's interesting;

Page 29: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics28

4. I have learned to be more specific of what I'm writing about;

5. I found the case studies interesting; and

6. ethical issues force you to think and study before making a decision.

However, two respondents who stated their interest in writing increased

exclaimed, "but it's still hard to write about" and "I can think what's wrong,

but I wish I had solutions." Again, this English instructor can see that my

students' interest was aroused, and seemingly, they were "forced to think."

In class 3 (DI-1 through DI-14), 75 percent of the respondents said their

interest in writing increased. Although the responses declaring an increase in

writing interest were somewhat similar to the aforementioned ones ("the topics

were interesting"; "you can write more on ethical issues"; "made me think

harder"; and so forth) (for all responses, see Appendix D, Part IV), different

responses sprang up such as "I like to hear people talking about minorities"

and "it was a good project to prepare me for my next English class." The first

response indicates that maybe issues concerning minorities should be brought

out in the open and discussed freely; that is, understanding other cultures and

races is important to some students. The second response indicates that this

type of exercise could help the learner think more analytically (especially

analyzing such ethical issues as this was a pre-essay writing course). It

should be noted, however, that two students who said their interest in writing

decreased after the incorporation of ethics exercises wrote that "ethical

issues have little to do with English" and "writing about ethical issues and

talking about them are two different things." Maybe, these students have a

point, but I think that they just didn't understand the essence of the exercise

itself--increasing students' interest and awareness of ethics in their daily

lives and trying to interest and motivate them to write upon topical issues.

Lastly, in class 4 (DII-1 through DII-18), 91 percent of learners responded

29

Page 30: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics29

that incorporating ethics exercises increased their interest in writing.

Again, most responses were similar ("I liked to do it"; "I find I enjoy stating

and backing up my thoughts"; "it gave me a different perspective when writing";

and so forth (see Appendix D, Part IV for complete responses).

I believe that this particular question overwhelmingly confirms that the

incorporation of ethics exercises in English writing classes can increase

learner interest in writing. I think that students are forced to think more

analytically when writing, that these case studies aroused their interest and

made writing fun, that they realized that their opinions do mean something, and

that they realized that ethical and moral thinking is important in day-to-day

living whether it be on the job, at home, or in school. This incorporation of

ethics exercises could even make some learners enjoy the arduous task of

writing for English teachers.

Analysis of Responses to Question 5

The responses to Part B, Question 5, "Discussing ethical issues and writing

about them has increased or decreased my tolerance of other people's opinions

of an ethical issue because . . ." could be important to all educators. This

question appeared only on the post-ethics survey after the lecture, discussion,

and writing a solution to an ethical dilemma in one case study.. Again, the

respondents were asked to cross out "increased" or "decreased" to complete the

statement before writing their open-ended response (see Appendix C, Ethics

Survey B, for the exact wording of Question 5).

As shown in Table 7, 41 respondents crossed out either increased or

decreased to complete their statements for Question 5. For all classes, 36

responses depicted an increase and 5 responses reflected a decrease in their

tolerance of other people's opinions after discussing and writing about ethical

issues; consequently, a resounding 88 percent of my learners felt that their

30

Page 31: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics30

tolerance to other people's opinions increased, and only 12 percent of my

learners felt that their tolerance of other people's opinions decreased. This,

I believe, is an astounding statistic in support of incorporating ethics

exercises in English writing classes to help students learn to tolerate each

others' opinions and take into consideration other people's views when

responding to ethical dilemmas. The majority of these responses (Appendix D,

Part V) shows that students, if given the opportunity to analyze, reflect, and

argue in an active learning environment, can respect one another's opinions and

can work together toward a common solution if given the opportunity in a

classroom that promotes open discussion of ethical dilemmas involving case

studies.

Table 7 Respondents Indicating an Increase (i) or Decrease (d) in TheirTolerance of Other People's Opinions after Incorporating Ethics Exercises

Class No. of Respondents* Increase Decrease1(C-2 thru C-21) 12 9 3

2(P-1 thru P-14) 9 8 1

3(DI-1 thru DI-14) 11 11 0

4(DII-1 thru DII-18) 9 8 1

All Classes 41 36 5

*Some respondents failed to cross other either increase or decrease, or saidthis incorporation had no effect; therfore, I listed them as no response (N/A).

Looking over the responses for Part B, Question 5, the range of responses

had some definitive common elements. Some respondents realized that they

weren't always ethically correct in their initial decisions concerning an

ethical solution, and they welcomed and wanted to understand other people's

opinions; in essence, they became more open-minded:

1. I now realized there's more than one side to every coin;

2. Everything I think and believe may not always be right, and it makes me

want to hear other people's opinions;

3. I feel more open-minded;

4. You have to listen to another's opinion. This will usually open your

31

Page 32: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics31

eyes to something that might have been missed;

5. Some of the views I took were not the only solution to the problem;

6. I want to understand other people's views;

7. I learned that everyone has an opinion on any given subject;

8. We all have different opinions, but somebody else's solution may be just

as good; and

9. You learn more as you listen to people.

These responses, of course, indicate that learners will at least listen to

other people's views before making personal judgements on an ethical issue.

The responses to the question in this part of the survey also showed that

respect is another important value in learners' everyday lives.

1. Everyone is entitled to an opinion, and it should be respected.

2. I have a high respect for people's opinions.

3. I have learned to listen, respect, and understand other people's views.

Finally, another key word found in this particular part of the survey was

equality (as well as equal rights). It seems that equality was a cherished

value by some learners, and they responded as such:

1. Everyone's different, but at the same time, everyone's equal.

2. Everyone's different, and each opinion is equal.

3. My opinion is not necessarily the right opinion--others have the right

to voice their opinion, and theirs is just as equal as mine.

I believe that this qualitative data show that this particular ethical

exercise brought about (within students) a feeling of tolerance and open-

mindedness to other people's opinions. Respect and equality also seem to be

paramount to learners, and I think learners understood how important it is to

weigh the facts, take others opinions into consideration, and respect these

opinions as these opinions are deemed just as important as their own. Patience

32

Page 33: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics32

seemed to be a key word also ("It helped me to become more patient when hearing

other people's ideas"), which certainly is an admirable attribute for any

member of our society to possess.

In essence, incorporating ethics exercises through case studies in an

English writing class does increase a learner's tolerance when hearing

different and opposing views from other class members, and it seems to motivate

them to analytically respond to an ethical dilemma when writing. As one

student espoused: "It was a GREAT writing experience" (emphasis added).

ANALYSIS OF PRE- AND POST-ETHICS RESPONSES

(Lickert Scale)

In Appendix E, quantitative data is presented in the form of tables and

graphs. Table E-1 shows the Lickert scales' results of each individual student

by class as well as a summary of all classes' means and standard deviation. (A

scale of 1 to 5 was used; that is, if a student strongly agreed, a score of 5

was recorded; if a student agreed, a score of 4 was recorded, and so on to a

score of 1 if he or she strongly disagreed for each individual response on the

survey.) (See Appendix C, Ethics Surveys A and B, Part C for exact wording of

each of the nine "Lickert scale" questions asked.) Figures E-1 through E-9

present the results of each individual question by class and total class

results of the means and standard deviation. Table E-2 shows the results of

the t-test for each individual class as well as the overall statistical data of

t-test results for all classes.

Questions 1, 5, and 8 show significance because the confidence interval is

0.05 or less, which is standard for t-tests when measuring dependent samples;

thus,- the changes in students' answers from pre- to post-tests are not due to

random fluctuation in the data and did not happen by chance. Consequently, the

integration of ethical exercises through case studies did make a significant

33

Page 34: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics33

difference in the learner's attitudes. In other words, the change in learner's

responses from the pre- to post-test for question 1 indicate that learners

believed that they felt more ethical intrisically after the integration of

ethics in the English classroom. Likewise, the responses from pre- and

post-test for question 5 indicate that the learners felt more comfortable

discussing ethical issues with other people after this integration. Finally,

the pre- and post-test responses for question 8 indicate that learners are more

tolerant of other learners' viewpoints when they disagreed with other people

concerning an ethical issue after class time was devoted to discussing ethical

issues.

These changes depicted by the t-test support the qualitative data already

summarized (fill-in-the-blank responses) and show quantitatively that some

change did take place after the integration of ethical exercises, and these

changes were probably not due to chance. Essentially, learners understood

ethics better (making them feel more ethical), were more comfortable when

discussing ethics with other learners, and were more tolerant with other

learner's viewpoints.

ANALYSIS OF PRE- AND POST-ETHICS SURVEY RESPONSES

(Graded Paragraphs)

As an English teacher, I was somewhat proud and astonished when I looked

over the paragraphs that were written by my learners in relation to their

ethical solutions to just one case study (see Appendix F for these paragraphs).

'Besides being handed in on time by most of students in all classes as

previously stated, I see that the overwhelming majority of my learners took

this assignment quite seriously, analyzing their case study point-by-point by

"weighing the facts" before responding with an ethical solution for their

chosen "case." It should be noted that even though some students did not

34

Page 35: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics34

participate in the pre- and post-ethics survey because they were absent on one

or both days when the survey was distributed, all students did submit a

paragraph to be graded; consequently, I received paragraphs from all learners

from each of my four classes.

When I read through the variety of papers that I received this past

semester, ethical solutions varied considerably. Some solutions to the ethical

case studies were quite general philosophically, reiterating logical solutions

that we had discussed as a group in class. For example, in response to Sharon

Broomstead's equal treatment dilemma (case study number 1, Appendix A), one

student wrote, "We must take into consideration the basic common belief that

any policy that establishes a double standard is unfair in principle, so she

was incorrect in her grading system," which reflected the majority opinion in

all classes during the discussion phase of the integration of ethics; that is,

"academic standards should be the same for everyone. . ." However, more unique

philosophical insights to the ethical dilemma were contextually even more

universal such as, "People who fail a class and learn from the mistakes they've

made are better off than those who've slid [sic] by in class, but fail life."

The majority of the ethical solutions to these ethical dilemmas were logical

and straightforward, revealing that learners were analytical in their

responses. Most learners analyzed the facts of their chosen case study point-

by-point and reached ethical solutions that were reasonable and acceptable to

all parties involved in the case study. For example, one student rationalized

that "Sam (the instructor in Case Study Number 2: "Equal Treatment") was

responsible for creating the problem, and only he can correct it." This

learner believed that Sam was "entitled to his own personal opinion about Josh;

however, Sam has no right to tell anyone on campus how to dress," and that

"Josh's classroom demeanor was okay because he didn't do anything wrong." This

35

Page 36: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics35

learner then analyzed each incident that took place in Sam's classroom and

concluded that "Sam should have realized that he was not solving anything by

simply dumping Josh. As a teacher, Sam has to find a solution to the problem;

that would be the right thing to do." This response exemplifies that this

learner, after analyzing the facts, realized that instructors must take moral

and ethical responsibility for their actions in an academic environment and

must act responsibly when confronted with ethical dilemmas and make decisions

that are in the best interests of their students, so a win/win solution will

Occur.

Again, the majority of my students wrote sensible solutions that resolved

the ethical dilemma, taking into consideration the facts and the people

involved. However, some students conjectured some really unique and creative

solutions that surprised me, ones that I never really considered initially when

I first read the case studies, such as (in relation to case study number 2)

"Sam should be reeducated in human psychology to better his interpersonal

relations with students, so he can understand them better."

I also think that some students now realize that college instructors, in

general, have difficult jobs and must sometimes make fair and ethical decisions

when presented with mind-boggling problems concerning ethics in the classroom.

In response to case study number 6, one student wrote "Jerry,Groeling, the art

appreciation instructor, has a difficult decision to make"; another learner, in

response to this same case study, exclaimed, "The art teacher has a real

problem with his art class and its ideals of art expression since it has the

opportunity of turning into an major crisis if Jerry lets his students'

expressions get out of control." This realization by students I think shows

that they are thinking not only of the problematic solution at hand, but also

of the instructor's dilemma in solving it. Such realizations exemplify that

36

Page 37: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics36

students not only understand instructors and the difficulty of their jobs, but

also that they sympathize with instructors who are faced with these dilemmas.

I think such recognitions can build a mutual rapport and respect between

instructors and learners, which is essential in any learning situation. In

essence, this mutual rapport and respect can help induce a positive bond

between instructors and learners, making a win/win situation in an

active-learning environment.

Although it would be too time-consuming to analyze all paragraph responses to

each case study, I hope readers can generally see that students can be forced

to think analytically, responsibly, and morally when presented with ethical

case studies and then asked to respond to them in writing. Also, learners can

be forced to think critically because they do have the capability to creatively

think by writing innovative solutions in a mature manner to solve ethical

dilemmas. However, English instructors should take note that these types of

ethics exercises will not make students' punctuation, grammar, or spelling

improve as these ethics exercises are only designed to help students think

analytically, critically, morally, responsibly, and hopefully, coherently.

Mechanics and so forth can only be improved by constructive feedback on the

part of conscientious teachers and hard work and initiative on the part of

their students; however, this type of exercise can motivate students to write

by providing interesting and "fun" topics to write about in any English writing

class.

SUMMARY ANALYSIS OF INTEGRATING ETHICS EXERCISES THROUGH CASE STUDIES

As Samuel Totten proclaimed: "It seems that if an educator truly cares about

fully educating his/her students then he/she will not shy away from helping

them learn about key social issues" (p.6). These words, of course, should

emotionally move those opponents as well as those proponents for integrating

Page 38: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics37

ethics exercises in their classrooms.

When I first started this project two years ago, I was intrigued as to

whether my few hours of guiding learners through ethics exercises via case

studies during one semester made a mild or strong impact on their moral

thinking. I realize now that I have made a difference in their lives, and

hopefully, have made them realize that responding intelligently to ethical and

moral issues is essential in daily life. I believe that my quantitative and

qualitative data support my original suppositions and that my thorough analysis

of this data should convince educators, especially those who teach writing, to

try this integration. The important axiom for educators to realize here is

that students are "pushed "\in an exercise like this to recognize ethical issues

and to respond to them, using a sense of moral obligation and personal

responsibility. Learners do acquire a sense of "fair play" when arguing issues

that stimulate their moral imagination. Furthermore, I think that this type of

exercise "begs" the learner to think critically and analytically, so

intrinsically, they will think about the ramifications and ambiguities about an

ethical issue before judging it or arriving at a moral decision. I think this

type of exercise promotes learners to become better and more productive

citizens in their personal lives as well as their academic and occupational

endeavors. Maybe we as educators, using ethical exercises in our college

classrooms, can stimulate our students to think more ethically more often, and

not only in the classroom, but outside it as well.

I believe I have shown through the pre- and post-ethics survey analysis that

most students' perceptions of ethics changed dramatically to a more sensitive,

acute awareness of what ethics means in their lives and that they arrived at a

more precise, intelligent understanding of the term itself. I stringently

believe that I have elevated learner confidence to react rationally and morally

BEST COPY AVA0 LAKE

Page 39: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics38

when faced with ethical solutions and that they can become more analytical and

thorough when looking at controversial issues. Inevitably, most learners felt

that they became more open-minded to an ethical dilemma and wanted to

understand both sides of the moral issue after these exercises were integrated

in the classroom setting. Also, students' tolerances to each other's opinions

were affected. Respect, equality, and patience were key words in many

learners' responses, both written and oral. Considering other people's views

seemed to be an important consideration also as well as working cooperatively

in the classroom to understand opposing viewpoints when coming up with ethical

solutions.

Discussing case studies with ethical dilemmas and then responding to them

dramatically improved learner interest in writing. This particular aspect is

important to English teachers who are looking for interesting, fun, and

educational topics to present to learners who perceive writing as dull and

boring. Motivating learners to write in English classes is difficult, thus,

having challenging as well as interesting topics to write about is imperative

as students seem to enjoy writing about topics concerning the "real world."

Also, forcing students to think analytically when responding to ethical

dilemmas is an attribute of this exercise that all English teachers should

welcome. Motivating students to think and write analytically, while keeping

ethical and moral behavior in mind, seems to me to be a worthy cause for those

socially conscious English teachers who would like to experiment with this

integration in their writing classes. Research seems to support the

conclusions that have been brought forth in this summary concerning English

instruction.

Controversial issues offer teachers of English instructionalopportunities in research, reading, writing, and discussion whichare timely and which can motivate students at all grade levels.While teachers cannot and should not provide answers to

39

Page 40: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics39

controversial questions, they can and should teach their students topose critical questions and to examine values and biases thatinfluence how those questions are answered (Molinar and Walling,1986, p. 42).

In summary, incoporating ethics exercises in English classes sparks

interest in learners, is fun, and motivates them to write as it is an

exercise that they enjoy doing. This integration promotes active learning

and discovery learning by promoting analytical and ethical thinking within

learners. It also helps supply learners with important life skills, so

they will think analytically and hopefully make rational, intelligent

decisions when faced with ethical decisions involving moral dilemmas.

The ultimate goal is to stimulate students to think analyticallyabout timely issues. Students at all grade levels can benefit fromthe ability to consider their values and biases and to formulatethoughtful responses to issues of social consequences (Ibid. p.49).

FINAL THOUGHTS OF USING ETHICS EXERCISES THROUGH CASE STUDIES

Teachers must abandon traditional methods of lecturing students andrequiring memorization of facts, a committee of college anduniversity presidents say. . . . Instead, they must focus more onshowing students how to get information and become independentthinkers . . . (USA Today, November 24, 1992, p. D1).

This excerpt from a report by the Presidents' Commission on Teacher

Education of the American Association of State Colleges and Universities should

be significant to all instructors in all academic disciplines. The report

further states "that colleges of education also must prepare teachers for the

21st century classroom, where a variety of cultures will be represented"

(Ibid.). This report, I believe, prophesies the projected relevance of

incorporating ethics in any classroom to promote critical and ethical thinking.

Such exercises will be imperative in the next decade because of the cultural

mix in any higher education classroom; consequently, teachers need to be

40

Page 41: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics40

prepared to integrate moral and ethical thinking, so our diversified student

population will understand, tolerate, and respect one another as well as one

another's opinions and views. Getting students to analytically think and

respond maturely and morally are incentives that conscientious instructors

should strive to elicit from their culturally diversified classrooms. The

integration of ethics exercises through case studies in our English writing

classes is one way to promote and elicit such behavior.

The integration and incorporation of ethics exercises as shown in this

report is only a suggested format to promote dignity and respect among students

in their daily interactions with one another as well as their daily

interactions with instructors, employees, and members of society at large.

We, as instructors and influencers of young intellects, should nourish our

learners with such ideals for their own self-development, so they have the

opportunity to become not only rich in the mind, but rich in the heart, too.

Our commitment as instructors in any curriculum should be to help students

recognize ethical issues and stimulate their moral imagination, and all

educators should help students develop those analytical skills to elicit a

sense of moral obligation and personal responsibility. We must also urge our

learners to develop a tolerance toward disagreement and the inevitable

ambiguities in dealing with ethical problems. These are objectives all

instructors should strive for, and encourage our learners to strive for, so all

people can work in harmony to make American society a better place to live for

our children and our children's children. As Denver Mayor Wellington Webb

recently stated on KOA's Mike Rosen show, "We must all learn to live together

because we are all God's children."

41

Page 42: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Integrating Ethics41

REFERENCES

Briggs, L.J., Gustafson, K.L. & Tillman, M.H. (1991). Instructionaldesign principles and applications. Englewood, NJ: EducationalTechnologies Publications.

Lisman, C.D. (1990). A participant's handbook for integrating ethicsinto the curriculum. Aurora, CO: (unpublished document).

Molinar, Alex and Walling, Donovan R. (1986). Teaching controversialsocial issues: personal and professional tasks for teachers ofEnglish. Addressing social issues in the English classroom. (ED

277017)

Teaching teachers. (1992, November 24) USA Today, p. Dl.

Totten, S. (1986). Teaching social issues in the English classroom.Syracuse, N.Y.: ERIC Clearinghouse on Informational Resources. (ED277017)

Weiner, Elizabeth H. (1980) Unfinished Stories. Washington, D.C.: NEAProfessional Library.

42

Page 43: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

APPENDIX A:CASE STUDIES

43

Page 44: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Case Study No. 1: Equal Treatment

Sharon Broomstead was a psychology instructor in a community college with a

growing number of minority students. Sharon welcomed minority students in her

class. She was challenged to promote a respect for cultural diversity, and

having been raised in a poor family, felt a special mission to helping

economically struggling students get ahead.

Sharon was beginning to discover that many of her minority students were

not well prepared for college work. After meeting her students the first

night of class, she was usually able to predict the level of work that her

minority students would be able to do.

Sharon fell into grading her non-minority students by one standard and her

minority students with another. She graded her non-minority students on the

basis of a strict numerical grading policy. However, when it came to her

minority students, she graded them on the basis of progress.

Sharon thought all was going well. In one of her courses in the previous

semester, she had nursed several Black students through her Psychology 101

class. She believed that she had given them a positive college experience,

including greater self-esteem, and could only hope that they were able to

survive college and receive a degree.

At the beginning of the next semester, Tammy, one of the non-minority

students, came to her. She was unhappy about her grade. She had received a C

in Psychology 101 from Sharon the previous semester. Tammy confronted Sharon

with the fact that she had given Bs to two Black students. Tammy said, "I

know that I know more than those two Black students. I've gotten hold of

their papers from your course, and they can barely write a decent sentence.

Yet, you gave them Bs rather than Cs or Ds. I just don't think that you're

being fair!"

44

Page 45: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

li

Was Sharon, indeed, treating her students fairly? Was she justified in

giving special considerations to her minority students?

Case Study No. 2 Fair Treatment

Sam Brewer taught in the business program. He was generally well liked

among the students and had a good reputation in the local business community.

Sam tried to treat his students as fair as possible, even giving his students

the benefit of the doubt in most matters. But, he had not been prepared for

Josh Frankel. Sam realized that he would have his hands full from the first

day of class. Josh, bearded and long-haired, showed up in class wearing the

dirtiest pair of jeans and T-shirt he had ever seen. Sam surmised from

glancing at his grimy hands that Josh must work in an auto shop. At least he

was working, thought Sam.

Sam's dismay over Josh was not due merely to his manner of dress and his

long hair, but to his classroom demeanor. Josh showed none of the deferential

respect to which Sam was accustomed. Worse, the combative nature of the

relationship between these two commenced from the outset. Josh closely

questioned Sam about a number of points on his syllabus. He pointed out that

Sam had misspelled a couple of words and used an ungrammatical phrase. He

challenged Sam's policy for assigning a grade for class participation,

claiming that the policy was too vague. Josh also stated that Sam's class

attendance policy was not clear; Sam did not clearly state what counted as

excused absences, nor did he state how many absences were unexcused.

Things did not go any better during the next class period. Josh challenged

Sam on several points of his lecture. He claimed that Sam had wrongly

summarized an argument from the text. He asked Sam for some examples from the

business community of several of the lecture points. In his confusion, Sam's

mind went blank; he could not give any examples. While Sam was struggling to

45

Page 46: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

come up with an example, Josh said that he wished they had more classroom

discussion and less lecture!

By the end of the second week of class, Sam was miserable. He believed

that Josh had undermined his authority in the classroom. The students were

beginning to chuckle and make subtle remarks to each other every time the two

got into an argument. Sam thought he hard one student say, "This instructor

doesn't really know his material."

Sam began to suspect that Josh really had no interest in getting a business

degree. Sam suspected that he had come to class mainly to make a political

statement of his opposition to business.

Finally, Sam summoned Josh to his office. He told Josh that he felt that

his presence was not working out in class. He further said that he was

withdrawing Josh from his class. "If I don't, you will flunk the class. You

don't want an F on your record do you?"

Josh replied, "You can't just pull me out. Besides, I'm an A student. I'm

not afraid of your tests. I hear all you give are simple-minded, multiple-

choice tests. I always knock the top out of those stupid, damn things. I'll

stay in class and take my chances." After Josh left, Sam picked up the drop

form and stared at it. "What should I do?" He wondered.

Case Study No. 3: Plagiarism

Dr. Stevens wished that this were not happening to him. One of his under-

graduates in a course on instructional design, a varsity football player but

not a varsity scholar, had just turned in a written assignment that was

manifestly not his own work. The topic of William's paper was appropriate for

the assignment, but was not one that he knew much about. The task analysis

and instructional design were sophisticated and complete; the language was

clearer and more forceful than any that William had ever demonstrated. Most

46

Page 47: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

damning of all was that Dr. Stevens recognized this paper--it had been written

the previous year by another of his students.

As Dr. Stevens looked into the matter further, it became more involved.

George, the original author of the paper, had received a "deferred" grade for

the course. The final revision of the paper had never reached the professor.

It had been deposited in Dr. Steven's mailbox, but must have been stolen. Dr.

Stevens remembered reading and providing feedback on an earlier draft of this

paper, and George still had a copy of the draft, which he delivered to Dr.

Stevens. Any jury would see that the resemblance between William's and

George's papers could not be accidental.

Dr. Stevens called William and the athletic department's academic advisor,

told each what he had discovered, and arranged for a meeting of the three.

William confessed to having had help, but said that everyone he knew did this

kind of thing and that, after all, he had changed some of the wording of

George's original text. The academic advisor said, "Flunk him"--a tempting

and unequivocal way for the professor to terminate the problem. Instead, Dr.

Stevens proposed that the athletic department hire one of his own graduate

students to work with William on the assignment in question during the next

four weeks. William would be expected to select a new topic, analyze how he

would teach this topic to another person, and design and write a detailed plan

and program of instruction. With this help, William did complete the

assignment and passed the course. Today, he is a professional football

player.

Did Dr. Stevens do the right thing? What do you think Dr. Stevens should

have done?

Case Study No. 4: Intellectual Freedom

Mr. Smith teaches English Literature 103 at Elksburg Community College. He

47

Page 48: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

encourages his students to be as creative as possible. For example, he would

have his students present their own artistic impressions of stories they were

reading in their literature text.

Mary Sparkle, one of the students, came up with what she believed was a

very creative presentation. She chose as her literary work for presentation,

The Scarlet Letter. She was touched by the unhappy relationship of Hester and

the Reverend Dimmesdale. When the class had discussed the novel, she felt

that the students did not appreciate the religious side of the story. With

Mr. Smith's approval, Mary asked her husband, who was a minister of a small

struggling Baptist church, to help her out.

Mr. Smith was pleased by Mary's propOsal for her presentation. He

envisioned hearing an inspired defense of the religious grounds in support of

Hiram's decision. However, Mr. Smith got something else than he had bargained

for. Mary, in the role of Hester, asked her husband, as Reverend Dimmesdale,

to explain his position. The Reverend Sparkle said that the class would never

be able to understand the struggle of the Reverend Dimmesdale unless they were

born-again Christians. Suddenly, he waved his Bible at the class and

proceeded to testify to his Christian faith. He asked Mary to sing a gospel

song as he invited the class to come forth and profess their faith in Christ.

Throughout this presentation, Mr. Smith's initial enthusiasm turned to

chagrin. He was angry that he had been misled by Ms. Sparkle. He started to

break in and halt the Reverend Sparkle's sermon, but recalled his view that

students should have the right to develop creatively. Should he now allow

creativity to take its course? Yet, was he allowing this student to take

advantage of other students? Was he in violation of the principle of

separation of church and state?

48

Page 49: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Case Study No. 5: Back Range Community College Students Produce an

Environmental Ethics Newsletter

Jim Swanson, a tenured instructor, had attracted quite a following among

his science students at the community college. Although he taught a variety

of courses, his favorite was ecology and science, a special interest course.

Through the years, Jim had dealt with a number of regional and local environ-

mental issues, including mine pollution, hazardous waste disposal, trapping of

animals, the use of animals in laboratory experiments, etc.

Quite spontaneously several students, who wanted to continue the dialogue

with Mr. Swanson and fellow students, proposed starting a quarterly college

environmental newsletter. Mr. Swanson was quite enthusiastic about the

project and sought permission from the Dean of General Studies to produce the

newsletter at the college. The dean, concurring that it was an excellent

idea, offered Mr. Swanson the resources of the college to produce the news-

letter.

No one had quite imagined the controversy that would erupt over the first

issue. Several articles dealt with the issue of mining pollution in the

Backrange area. One article stated, "If the local mine could not control the

run-off from the tailing pond, it should be shut down!"

Unknown to Mr. Swanson, copies of the newsletter were distributed downtown

in Goldville. The president of the local chamber of commerce lost no time in

calling the dean to complain about the newsletter. He told the dean in no

uncertain terms that the newsletter had done the community a great disservice.

He reminded the dean of the $5,000 city grant the college had applied for to

develop a special community-wide business seminar and politely suggested that

unless the college issued an apology to help the city...that grant might not

49

Page 50: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

come through. If that were not enough, several of the students, whose fathers

were miners, had come to see Mr. Swanson, expressing their disagreement with

the anti-miningrhetoric of the newsletter. They demanded the right of

rebuttal for the next newsletter.

The dean reluctantly called Mr. Swanson in the office. He told him about

the displeasure of the local Chamber of Commerce. The dean further said that

he was concerned that the community would regard the newsletter as an official

position of the college. The dean made reference to a recent Supreme Court

decision, Hazelwood, granting public school officials the right to suspend

publications deemed in the opposition to the school philosophy. He further

told Mr. Swanson that he preferred that Mr. Swanson not publish the

newsletter, but that if he insisted, he, would have to find some other way to

publish it. Furthermore, unless he could absolutely and unequivocally

guarantee that copies of the newsletter would stay on campus, the newsletter

would have to be suspended.

Did the dean do the right thing? What should Mr. Swanson do?

Case Study No. 6: Art Appreciation

Terry Groeling taught art appreciation. He especially enjoyed encouraging

his students to bring works of art in for discussion. He told the students

that they could select examples from works of art already produced or they

could produce their own.

Terry's class had been particularly challenging during the semester. He

had discovered that he had several students who disagreed vehemently with each

other. One student expressed a lot of sympathy with the skinheads. A Black

student defended rap. Another was a very fervent Christian. Still another

was a radically iconoclastic artist. The sharp division between these

students became quite apparent when Terry read over their proposals for art

Page 51: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

presentations. The Black student wanted to present and discuss a tape of

2-Live Crew. The skinhead wanted to do a reader's theater presentation of a

play he wrote celebrating "The World of the White Man," featuring an Andrew

Dice Clay-type character. The religious person wanted to sing a medley of

religious tunes, having as her finale, "Sweet Jesus Come into my Heart." The

artist wanted to show photographs of Andrew Serrano's "Piss Christ", featuring

a cross in urine. Terry shuddered at the thought of what would happen in

class as a result of these presentations. He pondered what to do? Should he

cancel the presentations? Or should he allow them, but not permit any

discussion? (Lismam, 1990: pp. 110-151)

51

Page 52: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

APPENDIX B:WRITTEN ASSIGNMENT-RESPONDING TO ONE CASE STUDY

52

Page 53: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Written Assignment for English

Responding to One Case Study

Choose one case study, and in one well-developed paragraph, write asolution to the ethical dilemma presented. Think logically andethically when presenting your solution, taking into consideration allparties involved as well as any legal mandates prescribed by ournation's laws. In your pre-writing (brainstorming), please show howyou arrived at your solution. Remember: think logically and ethicallywhile reflecting upon your chosen case study. Good luck!

Page 54: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

APPENDIX C:NEEDS ASSESSMENT SURVEYS A AND B

54

Page 55: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Hale Female

2. Age: Under 21 years21 to 30 years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00030,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind

Page 56: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feeling

concerning the statement.Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Strongly

agree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethical

decisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my daily

experiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Page 57: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE VORD

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be as

honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

I. Gender: Male Female

2. Age: Under 21 years21 to 30 years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to30,000 and

30,000up

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased or decreased (cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

Page 58: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or decreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to complete

statement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feeling

concerning the statement.Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Strongly

agree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethical

decisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

58

Page 59: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

APPENDIX D:PRE- AND POST-ETHIC SURVEY RESPONSES FOR FOUR ENGLISH

CLASSES -- FILL -IN- THE -BLANK ANSWERS(PARTS I-V)

Page 60: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART I

PRE- AND POST-ETHICS SURVEY RESPONSES FOR FOUR ENGLISH CLASSES

Responses to Part B, Question 1--When I hear the word ethics, I think...

Respondant Pre-Survey A

C-2

C-3

C-6

C-7

of a person's morals and beliefs

Post-Survey Bmorals

of races, cultures, and religions morals, right and wrong

people problems

how you determine right and wrong

and guides set by people about

what is right and wrong

C-8 of being honest and equal toeveryone I meet

C-10 of races and nationalities

C-11

C-12

C-13

morals, standards

of proper home training

of racial cultures, social

values

C-14 of racial relations, honesty,

and moral conduct

C-18 of human morals

C-19 of morals..the values which areinstilled through our develop-ments and education

C-20

C-21

P-1

P-3

P-4

P-5

moral standards

of nothing

fairness

of problems in our society

of being honest and fair

making the right decisions;what to do about situations

and about races

moral codes, standards tolive by

of how one is taught to think

of moral decisions and racial

involvement

of morality and race relations

about morals

of moral values. The differ-

ences between right and wrong

moral issues

everyone should be treated

equal

racism

of confusion and sorrow

other people's lifestyles and

how they live

of the different races of people

and how they interact

60

of prejudice. How individualswere raised with biases

of morals

of people's lifestyles

about how one person or grouprelates to a specific dilemma

Page 61: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

P-7 of people's morals

P-8 everyone has their own. Ethicsis what makes the law confusing.Controversay.

P-9 of family values

P-11 honesty, professionally arewords which come to mind

P-12

P-14

truthfulness, morality

doing what you believe isright, is honorable

the morals that people have

it applies to everyone. It'spart of what makes laws

morals, family values

professionalism, honesty,integrity

morality, fairness

doing the right' thing

DI-1 to myselE..does the end justifythe means

DI-2

DI-3

the right and wrong of society

of people's personal opinionabout a controversial subject

DI-4 of things like morals

DI-5

DI-6

DI-7

of people's beliefs

of educated thinking andlistening

of races, backgrounds, orbeliefs about things

DI-8 of what I believe in and mymorals

DI-9 of several different races andwhat our values are

DI-11 origin, logic, backgrounds

DI-12 all different kinds of people,Black, white, Asian, livingtogether in a big world

DI-14 of values

to myself...has the outcomeproduced a winning situation

the right and wrong waypeople act

people's personal opinionon morality

of things that deal with moralsand how they affect each other

good people

that it's the difference be-tween right and wrong

white vs. Black or people vs.people

of my morals and how I reacttowards people that havedifferent ideas than mine

about people's values and theirrace, and how they perceivedifferent issues

morals, values; doing what youthink is right

about all differences of people

more about minorities andpeople who make judgementsabout other people in general

61

Page 62: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

DII-1

DII-4

DTI -5

DI1-6

DII-7

DI1-8

DII-9

DII-10

DII-12

DII-14

DII-15

DII-18

different people or races

personal rights and beliefs

people being strict or loose

about the philosophy, and dis-tinction between right andwrong

of honesty, morals, cleanconscience

of people's morals

of race, creed, color

or morals. What I was taught

as a child

about people behavior

morals, personal values

not many people have ethics

low, being an attorney, hope Iwill have good ethics with myclients

62

different races

about how it varies from per-son to person. To know differ-ent ethics of different people

disagreement

is a thing in which everybodyshould be good at (to makethe right decision)

about moral standards

morals and standards

pertains to equal opportunity

of what is right and wrongwith a given situation

about people behavior andaction

personal morals

N/A

do the right thing

Page 63: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART II

PRE- AND POST-ETHICS SURVEY RESPONSES FOR FOUR ENGLISH CLASSES

Responses to Part B, Question 2--When I am asked to write about a controversial

topic, I find...

RespondantC-2

Pre-Survey A Post-Survey B

animal furs or the homeless nothing comes to mind

C-3 it's easy easy to write about

C-6 it's easy to give my opinion

C-7 it's difficult because manypeople have different ideas onwhat you're writing about

C-8

C-10

C-11

C-12

C-13

C-14

C-18

C-19

it's easy. I can play both sides

it's hard and easy if I knowthe information

I am afraid because of who

might read it

that if it pertains to me, I

get real personal

it's hard

myself an extremist who's onesided

myself becoming more and moreangry

my personal opinion and valuesare injected into my opinions

C-20 this is difficult

C-21 it's an easy subject to write

about

P-1 it's difficult

P-3

P-4

dilemma is easy to figureout, sometimes it's easy

it's difficult

it's easy but I would have

to know the subject

it's confusing

worried for who might readit

myself taking sides withunderdog

it's difficult because I don't

want to be ethically incorrect

it's easy because of myreligious beliefs

I find my opinion wrong

my own opinion and values are

my guidelines

very interesting

it's easy to do

very interested and no in-

between

myself learning more about the

topic

63

it's interesting most of thetime--sometimes it's difficultdepending on the topic

interesting

do research to find the facts

Page 64: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

P-5 difficult unless directlyaffected

P-7it's really hard to do

P-8

P-9

it's easy to write about

it's fun and easy

P-11 aids and abortion are mostcontroversial

DI-2

D1-3

D1-4

DI-5

DI-6

DI-7

DI-8

I need time to think

I get terribly angry whenpeople are wronged

I have to break down the sub-ject and write about a segment

pretty hard to do dependingon what it's about

some things easy, others hard

it's interesting if it's realcontroversial like Madonna

social issues, gender, politicstop the list

I need time to think to putthoughts into words

I get angry when subjectwas wronged

it's difficult to deal withunless I relate to it

I want to research both sidesto be informed

I cannot take sides

that if I think I'm right,I get defensive

myself greatly involved

it's easier to write aboutwhen I have the facts

it's difficult

my ethics determine how I feel

DI-9 topics that are relevant

DI-11 abortion at the top of the list

DI-12 it's hard to do

DI-14 myself thinking about abortion

84

unless I'm familiar with it,I have a tough time writingabout it

it's hard to pick a side

I can take a side if it goeswith my ethics

I have a strong opinion aboutmy issue, but I listen to the

other person as well

myself getting pigheaded

that I can take the side of mybeliefs

it's hard

you have to take into accountall parties involved and useyour best judgment

one I'm familiar with anddoesn't offend anyone

I'm interested and have much towrite about

cause to separate and talk

about them

hard task to put on paper

Page 65: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

a ortion or controversia a ortion or controversiasubject

DII-4 it's intriguing

subject

it's interesting; myselfwriting until I make myselfclear

DII-5 it's boring--all is controversial it's boring--you can write onall

DII-6 N/A N/A

DII-7 I write in a neutral tone, creat- I would like to keep both sidesing less of a controversy of issue in mind before making

an opinion

DII-8 it's enlightening. I like to it's funvoice my opinion and hear others

DII-9 I find writing about my personal myselflife

DII-10 I don't want to do the writing I enjoy thinking how I woulddeal or handle the situation

DII-12 myself confused as I want to the best way to be fairprove a point

DII-14 least used angle to suit my view the least used, liberalposition

DII-15 it's hard, but easy to express easy to express my opinion

DII-18 it to be the best--wanting to I like to do itmake a difference

65

Page 66: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART IIIPRE- AND POST-ETHICS SURVEY RESPONSES FOR FOUR ENGLISH CLASSES

Responses to Part B, Question 3--When I am asked to vrite about a situation withan ethical dilemma, I find...

RespondantC-2

Pre-Survey A Post-Survey Bcan't think of anything--stuck nothing

C-3 it's easy to write about lost in the motion

C-6 it's hard to make such a decision that the dilemma is usuallyeasy to figure out, sometimesnot

C-7 it's easier because most peoplehave an idea of what is rightand wrong

C-8

C-10

C-11

C-12

it's difficult. I don't likemaking that kind of decision

if I live it, I better understand it's hard, because I want towhat I'm writing know entire situation

I find it hard to find info about it's hard to write about be-it cause there are many situations

I can be on one side and bitterto the other

I involve my own ethical beliefs

C-13 it's difficult--never asked towrite about one

C-14 my extremist attitude will biasmy opinion about subjects--myopinions are based on religiousvalues

C-18

C-19

C-20

C-21

myself getting confused

try to be objective andsympathetic

I find a critical point thathurt someone

I am set in my opinions

myself taking sides with theone using proper ethics

as much about the subject aspossible

the problem has a solution

it's easy because I know whatmorals or ethics are

my own ethical standards aremy guidelines

the situation is difficult, andthe answer is relative to myown point of view

a little difficult to write about has not affected my interestin writing

mys e ecoming agitate

66

it's i icu t. I ee insecureabout my own values

Page 67: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

P-3

P-4

never written of such a situation

myself learning more of situationthat interests me

P-5 need more info about dilemma be-fore I feel comfortable withdilemma in question

P-7 really hard to do

P-8 it's difficult. Everyone hasown opinion.

P-9

P-11

P-12

P-14

interesting sometimes

most questions in the field oflaw

I have a hard time puttingthoughts into words

I usually go the ethical way,sometimes not to save othersfeelings.

it can be hard to draw theline between right and wrong

sometimes I get frustrated. Icompare my own life situationwith dilemma

it is best to analyze each partof situation and then writeabout it

N/A

sometimes I get angry with theway people think between what'smoral and what's not

difficult unless its somethingI can relate to.

office politics and ethics

I need time to think

I have a hard time thinkingwho's wrong unless it'sobvious

DI-1

DI-2

DI-3

DI-4

DI-5

DI-6

DI-7

DI-8

tend to weigh the situation andthen write

I feel comfortable about it

myself fighting with myself, myown opinions I don't trust

I don't favor either side

that I'm pigheaded

I make a dilemma pertain to meso I can get better angle on

situation

it's difficult

I use my morals and. backgroundto decide what to do

$7

unless I'm familiar, I have ahard time writing about it.

it's hard to come up with asolution

I am open to both sides ofstory

that it usually deals withracism

myself trying to deal with bothsides

myself in situation and takepoint of view

it's easy because I have my ownopinions

that you have to do the samething when writing about acontroversy

Page 68: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

DI-9

DI-11

DI-12

DI-14

DII-1

DII-4

DII-5

DII-6

DII-7

DII-8

DII-9

DII-10

DII-12

DII-14

DII-15

DII-18

info on culture and what my a topic that's recent, and onevalues are that won't offend anyone

nothing

we still have prejudice

I could write about familyvalues

my morals and values play asignificant part in my writing

that it is a way to express my-self about how I feel and howit will always be

it to be challenging

culture is an important topicdifferently

conflicts among people who feeldifferently

boring because it's one person'sview against another

N/A

that I would write as if thesituation happened to me

moral issues are hard to writeabout, but I love to voice my'opinion

writing about personal instances

that I write about my morals

many problems in this field

sometimes hard to have a happyending

it's easy to express my opinions

it's challenging and good forthe soul

68

discrimination is an importantissue

it's interesting. I want toknow the different ethics, sowhen I write about it, I cango on and on.

butting into someone else'sbusiness

N/A

difficult trying to make it asfair to both parties aspossible

it's fun

myself writing about myself

I enjoy writing about my sol-ution. After all, I learnedthere is no one right way tohandle an ethical dilemma

a few solutions

I usually write about my per-sonal ethics

it's easy to see right fromwrong

I like to do it

Page 69: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART IV

PRE- AND POST-ETHICS SURVEY RESPONSES FOR POUR ENGLISH CLASSES

Responses to Part B, Question 4--Discussingethical issues and writing about

them in this English class has increased or decreased my interest in writing

because...

RespondantPost-Survey B (only)

C-2 N/A* neither decreased or increased

C-3 i

C-6 i

C-7 d

C-8 i

C-10 d

C-11 i

C-12 i

C-13 i

C-14 i

C-18 i

C-19 i

C-20 i

C-21 N/A

P-1 i

P-3 i

P-4 i

P-5 i

P-7 i

P-8 i

turned my mind on to new things

issues more fun to write on

I like writing about fictional things

there are a lot of different views

it can help me make good decisions in certain situations

opinions can be voiced and suggestions made

increased awareness

now there are more ideas to write about

it allows me to think and learn on issues that someday may affect

me

now I don't feel my opinion is wrong

it has cultivated thinking and seeing things from more than one

view

it is applicable to the real life of work

not affected my interest in writing

I can now look at different views of a situation

I feel it has opened a new door for me

I think it's interesting

I have learned to be more specific of what I'm writing about

but it's still hard to write about

I can think about what's wrong, but I wish I had solutions

*This column indicates whether the respondant did not respond to the question

(N/A), or there was an increase (i) or decrease (d) in their interest in-writing

in my English class.

69

Page 70: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

P-9 d not interested in ethical solutions

P-11 N/A done neither

P-12 i I found the case studies interesting

P-14 i ethical issues force you to think and study before making adecision

DI -1 i the topics are interesting

DI-2 i it brings a different view of the subject to me

DI-3 i you can write on more ethical issues

DI-4 d it deals with ethical issues that have little to do with English

DI-5 d N/A

DI-6 d writing about ethical issues and talking about them are twodifferent things

DI-7 i made me think harder

DI-8 i it makes it easier to find issues and discuss the dilemmas whenyou have your own opinion

DI-9 i makes my writing more open and I learn more

DI-11 i never really concentrated on the meaning of ethics

DI-12 i I like to hear people talking about minorities

DI-14 i it was a good project to prepare for my next English class

DII-1 i we find many different situations and solutions to real-lifeproblems

DII-4 i because I like to write about other people and tell how they actand how they feel

DII-5 i same--I don't like to argue

DII-6 N/A no change

DII-7 i it gave me a different perspective when writing

DII-8 i it may help other people

DII-9 d I don't like to talk about myself...ethical issues make me talkabout myself

DII-10 i I find I enjoy stating and backing up my thoughts

DII -12 i I can understand the issues more fully

0

Page 71: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

it gives me a more personal essay

I had an interest in what I was writing about--it was fun

I liked to do it

71

Page 72: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART VPRE- AND POST-ETHICS SURVEY RESPONSES FOR FOUR ENGLISH CLASSES

Responses to Part B, Question 5--Discussing ethical issues and writing aboutthem in English class has increased or decreased my tolerance of other people'sopinions of an ethical issue because...

Respondant Post-Survey B (only)C -2 N/A* I believe in maintaining an open mind

C-3 i Everything I think and believe may not always be right, and itmakes me want to hear other people's opinions

C-6 N/A It has increased and decreased my tolerances. I'm always open-minded except for those who feel they are always right.

C-7 i I now realize there's more than one side to every coin.

C-8 d I always thought that I'm open minded.

C-10 d We all have different opinions, but somebody else's solution maybe just as good.

C-11 i They have the same right to their opinions as I.

C-12 i I found I feel the same way about other people's ideas.

C-13 i It showed me that there is no right answer to life's problems.

C-14 d They always think that they are right.

C-18 i It has brought to light individual opinions and awareness on howall people are unique with different convictions.

C-19 i I need to know more about them.

C-20 i Everyone's different, but at the same time, everyone's equal.

C-21 i Has increased because I hear different ideas, and [it] makes meunderstand more about issues.

P-1 i Everyone is different, and each opinion is equal.

P-3 i

P-4

I feel more open minded.

I want to learn more about what other people think. I like tocompare how I feel with how other people feel.

P-5 i Everyone is entitled to his or her own opinion, and everyone canexpress his or her opinion-.

*This column indicates whether the respondant did not respond to the question(N/A) or there was an increase (i) or decrease (d) in their tolerance of otherpeople's opinions concerning ethical issues.

72

Page 73: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

P-7 N/A

Nothing seems to get done about the world's problems.

P-9 i Not everyone is the same; most everyone has a different opinionwhen talking ethically.

P-11 i We don't all look at solutions alike.

P-12 i My opinion is not necessarily the right opinion--others have theright to voice their opinion and theirs is just as good as mine.

P-14 i You have to listen to another's opinion. This will usually openyour eyes to something that might have been missed.

DI-1 i Most opinions presented made a lot of sense.

DI-2 i Everyone is entitled to an opinion and it should be respected.

DI-3 i It makes it easier in an argument to listen to both sides and

opinions.

DI-4 i I have a high respect of people's opinions.

DI-5 N/A

DI-6 i Some of the views I took were not the only solution to problem.

DI-7 i You have to see all sides of each issue.

DI-8 i You are more aware of how others react to situations and you can

discuss them.

DI-9 i I want to understand other people's views.

DI-11 i Been a great writing experience.

DI-12 i People have different opinions about different subjects.

DI-14 i Everyone has something to say.

DII-1 i We may find that they don't mean what we think they do.

DII-4 i I learned more about them and understand how and why opinions are

opinions.

DII-5 N/A Stayed the same.

DII-6 N/A Stayed the same level.

DII-7 i It helped me to become more patient when hearing other people's

ideas.

DII-8 i I have learned to listen, respect and understand other people's

views.

73

Page 74: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

DII-9 i I learned that everyone has an opinion on any given subject.

DII-10 i You learn more as you listen to people.

DII-12 iEveryone has their own opinion on any ethical issue.

DII-14 i Let's me see the other side of coin.

DII-15 d I still stick to my own opinions, but I guess it makes me think.

DII-18 N/A It depends on the issue.

74

Page 75: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

APPENDIX E:PRE- AND POST-ETHICS SURVEY RESPONSES

FOR FOUR ENGLISH CLASSES--LICKERT SCALE RESPONSES(TABLES AND GRAPHS)

75

Page 76: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

0 VVVVV 0 V) 0 V 0 C) V 0 0 V 0 0 V C) V 0 0 Cl V CI V V II '0 V 0 V 0 V 0 V 0 V V 0 St V V 0 V V V V qp ... N 0 v cg N. I, 0 CD. CD. 0 N. . '- ( 1 .- a4 o 0 c:i 4 ci 4

0 VI V V) V 0 V N V C) C") V V 0 V V r) st V sr CV V V V V V) VI st CI 0. 0 0 VI V 0 V) St V 0 V 0 11) 0 CI 0 CI 0 C) C/ St ID CD St 0 10 ts 0 gl. 0Ci 0 N 0 .- 0 w N

ci 4 4 ci

fs 0 en 0 VVVVV en v 0 a 0 v v en en en en in r) a v v o 0 v r) en v ier in v a e) a ' a a a a o o a in v v in en.4. 4 A 52. v ^ . 3 3 8..., 0 0 ovorlo

CD 0 0 V st VI 0 V/ V) s7 0 VI V 0 0 0 0 0 0 C) VI V V) .0 0 VI 0 0 C) 0 .4 V 0 St VI 0 it se 0 V V 0 0 N VI VI 0 0 0 a / .0 4 a 11.1O 4 o 4 ci 4 6z017. 0 o v .41 el v v v in en 0 N V ul a n ul CI CI V DI .0 0 It in en 0 a 0 V 4 4 en v v 0 en a 0 0 in o v., a tr) a v en 0 2 2 c°, ' F. '`). 2 8 2 en0w

en 6 0 o o v o

8 . .., 0 V r) 0 V) VI V) 0 V V V 0 V C) VI '0 V V 0 C) V) C) Ul `It V V ..- 0 CI s7 V sr v r) en r) in en io a 0 0 v v el en .. R 2 ° Pz '") 3 Fs..' °). *". .50

w.i 6

Z >

o r) a Pi a............c<

O ccP. 0 ri V) V) 11 V V V) 0 0 VVVVVV 0 $.11 V V N V C) VI CI 0 V V) V' .- V C) V NI V V V "It CI 0 V' V V 0 V til 0 r) CV V / T, (C.; a ,1.2 s; V NO 8 2 -----',.,

< VI

6 S2 cs,

v c; o ri 0 6 4 cri

0 i ..t) ,c) V sr 0 0410,7 V 0V 00 V st 0'4 V 00001,4C)00 V 000 00111.0 0V VOW.? t? 7; ° 2 SI T `"' ':i 'O . 4 6 ci r) o 4 a 4 a CC

cr w00,

<o N^ 0 0 .0 OVIVIVIOVV1c11000 VW1V10.0111,70,7 V III. 0000CI VVVVVV CIVVIVIIIWINVIVV.0 VI 0 VI V 0 ... N V 0 n 0 IN4'Z 0

4 ° 4 'Cli Zr ; :i 4 6a a

Ca,i-v)0z

GO<0 0 v .. c, 0 .. ,,,, VI WI sr til CI st ICI V V N .0 /V V 0 V V CI VI CV 11) Sr Ill 0 V V 'V 0 CI el V C') V V V V V 0 in v en v sr ii71 2 ;-; 8 g 2 2 S r.." 11...1Z 4 6 6 4 ci ri 6 ri ci a3

CO 0 C/ 0 N V/ IV N V N N CI V' 0 C) V C) C) V V N C) .4 0 04 0 CI V 0 0 10 V V) CI CI N CI CI 0 CI VI V) V V 0 CI VI V) CI

Xn V. A 2 2 2 2

1-- o ri ci ri 6 ri

rs 0 CI 0 0 0 r) V V CV CI CS V VI C) CI s C) CI CI CI CI V 0 V 0 V 0 V) IV CI CI V) VI CI V. CI 0 VI V) V VI .0 CV CV V V V pacgss 2 2 2 P. 20 ri a a 4 O en 6 ei 6W00

0 0 v , , 0 0 .. 0 0 V 0 V V V) S t V IP V) Ill ccl Ul VI VI V) st V el sr a 0 en a 0 0 en 0 It) of V 11)

( . . )

r i V .1. U s l i 2. P. 2 2.

00 0'0000

JI Z< 0 0 V V V IV VI 0 VI V CI III N '0 0 V/ CI /.- C) CV It ..- C) V) V) 0 CI V CV 0 0 St 0 CI sr co) 0 01 sr kil el cr, v) a CV N VI N ea 0

U. .

2 2 T; 7 SI 2 53 ?' ,,3 r.

O 0ri ci en ci ri r)

cow

i- V V .. r, .., .. 0 ., .. 0 0 v . 0 c,. VVVVV N V) C.) V) St CI V CS sr it N V st in v v v 0 en r) 0 v v N 0 V .0 if

I0

.)Ti MC. P0 ! Fi °c° ci !tO Li)tO >CC CC r) kr) nr st it '0 CI V) tn Cn V) in V 0 CI V 0 V V C) V C) V CI 0 0 V V N C) V WI V V Cl V 0 CV V .7 V 0 ul VI sr st CI) V V 18 cO. ,CI:i 1.1 2 cos .., 2 8 p

LO

4 ° ° en ° ci ei ci

co Z.;

V0

- ol au N 0 0 st CI 0 V .0 0 0 V VI CV V V) CI CI. V N CI CI CI .0 V VI sl 0 V' VI CI CV V V V V V C) C) V V V 0 V V V CI et V CI V 0

F:, riZ: ''''. `°. P. ("! ° 53 GI P

0 r .cc co

)- o coco 4 6 ° 0 en 0 6 r/ 6

cC Ili 88

) .., V It 0 0 0 VI V V 0 CI .7 st V/ V C') V V CI V Clel V' V V g C') V) CI 0 V V V V C./ CI 0 V g- CI V V 0 0 VI 11) VI VI V V VI V V C. CO N CD 0 V) 42 1...

c 6it) 6 .): r- 4 0 o a

0- 4 6 6 ri ci o 4

:3 a. cq

07ct.

.

o

1 E : -N en v 5.° P. . P. ? P. ? 1 " cn

0 o 0, 0 0 co < 0 a 0 < 0 a 0 > '2

. 2 n . N CI V CO 01 R - N V 0CS 0 ... C) V 0 S. CO 0 .... .- .... 0 7 c' e? 7 't? '4? P: '9 °' 7 7 7 v v.) 9 '.7 9 9a - - ci., CV CI el V 0 < 0

15 0 N C') ID

C 8 D000000(3666(..S000rici.o. a.a.o.a.a.o. a.0.00000000000000000000000000 00000000 31--

Page 77: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Tab

le E

-2R

ES

ULT

S O

F t-

TE

ST

Que

stio

nP

re-t

est

Pos

t-te

stP

re-t

est

Pos

t-te

stP

re-t

est

Pos

t-te

stt-

Val

ueC

onfid

ence

Num

ber

Sam

ple

Siz

eS

ampl

e S

ize

Mea

nsM

eans

Std

Dev

Std

Dev

Inte

rval

148

484.

084.

330.

70.

551.

946

0.05

248

483.

924.

150.

730.

541.

602

0.1

348

483.

964.

040.

730.

820.

051

0.4

448

483.

793.

90.

790.

80.

678

0.25

548

483.

674.

061.

110.

851.

933

0.05

648

484.

354.

460.

630.

680.

822

0.25

748

483.

753.

940.

920.

691.

145

0.25

848

483.

674.

061.

030.

752.

121

0.02

5

948

.48

3.98

4.19

0.72

0.6

1.55

20.

1

7778

Page 78: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Figure E-1 ETHICS SURVEY RESULTSQl: Means (Avg) & Std Deviation (Std)

4.5

4

3.5

3

2.5

2

1.5

1

0.5

0

\ci 1 Avg CI 1 Sid ci 2 Avg CI 2 Std CI 3 Avg CI 3 Std

ClassCI 4 Avg CI 4 Std

Pre-test Post-test

79

All Avg All Std

Page 79: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Figure E-2 ETHICS SURVEY RESULTS02: Means (Avg) & Std Deviation (Std)

4.5

4

3.5

3

2.5

2

.5

1

0.5

0

MEICI 1 Avg a 1 Std 2 Avg G 2 Std a 3 Avg CI 3 Std

Classa 4 Avg G4 SW

Pre-test Post-test

80

NI Avg NI Std

Page 80: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Figure E-3 ETHICS SURVEY RESULTS03: Means (Avg) & Std Deviation (Std)

4.5

4

3.5

3

2.5

2

1.5

0.5

0CH Avg CI 1 Std CI 2 Avg Cl 2 Std Cl 3 Avg C13 Std

ClassCI 4 Avg CI 4 Std

Pre-test Post-test

81

All Avg All Std

Page 81: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Figure E-4 ETHICS SURVEY RESULTSQ4: Means (Avg) & Std Deviation (Std)

4.5

4

3.5

3

2.5

2

1.5

1

0.5

0

Mir

f IN\ [I\Lnx

IICI 1 Avg CI 1 Std CI 2 Avg a 2 Std CI 3 Avg CI 3 Std

ClassG 4 Avg a 4 Std

Pre-test Post-test

82

All Avg All Std

Page 82: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Figure E-5 ETHICS SURVEY RESULTSQ5: Means (Avg) & Std Deviation (Std)

4.5

4

3.5

3

2.5

2

1.5

0.5

0CI I Avg CI I Std a 2 Avg a 2 Std CI 3 Avg a 3 Std a 4 Avg CI 4 Std

Class

Pre-test Post-test

83

All Avg All SW

Page 83: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Figure E-6 ETHICS SURVEY RESULTS06: Means (Avg) & Std Deviation (Std)

5

4.5

4

3.5

3

2.5

2

1.5

0.5

011,

Cl I Avg CI I Std CI 2 Avg CI 2 Std O 3 Avg CI 3 Std CI 4 Avg

ClassCl 4 Std

Pre-test Post-test

All Avg All Std

Page 84: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

4.5

4

3.5

3

2.5

2

1.5

1

0.5

0

Figure E-7 ETHICS SURVEY RESULTS07: Means (Avg) & Std Deviation (Std)

1 [

1 i

illrq_IllIFisLis \.---,1 -----1

1 H.s. , , \ [ [ill liox ...._x ___. ,..... ,_... __, 1..... L__,

CI I Avg G1 Std a 2 Avg CI 2 Std a 3 Avg Cl 3 Std

ClassCl 0 Avg CI 4 Std

Pre-test Post-test

All Avg All Std

Page 85: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Figure E-8 ETHICS SURVEY RESULTSQ8: Means (Avg) & Std Deviation (Std)

4.5

4

3.5

3

2.5

2

1.5

0.5

0

Eir

\i\\ \ \ \ \

CI 1 Avg Cl 1 Std Cl 2 Avg a 2 Std a 3 Avg a 3 Std CI 4 Avg a 4 Std

Class

Pre-test 1 Post-test

86

All Avg All Std

Page 86: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

4

Figure E-9 ETHICS SURVEY RESULTSQ9: Means (Avg) & Std Deviation (Std)

4.5

3.5

0.5

0

t

t

"-111Mr,

CI 1 Avg CI 1 Std CI 2 Avg CI 2 Std CI 3 Avg CI 3Std

ClassCI 4 Avg a 4 Std

Pre-test Post-test

87

All Avg All Std

Page 87: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

APPENDIX F:STUDENTS' WRITTEN ASSIGNMENTS (RESPONDING TO ONE CASE STUDY)

Page 88: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Class 1 (C): Ethics Case Studies Paragraph Responses

89

Page 89: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

5

solve the ethical dilemma about the

nvironmental/

new

.hics newsletter, in mv opinionz the

continue to be Printed, but with strict

guidelines. First of all, the students producing the

newsletter should provide proof that a problem does exist,

if it does, with the mine, causing pollution. Secondly, the

other students and any other interested persons should be

given the full right o.F rebuttal in the net, or any other

issues of the newsletter. about the mine or any other topic

they wish to dispute. don t believe the dean should buckle

to the threat made bv the presioent1141.0011.1

tht-k

c ommer cef that tnev 'could 1 q.:le grant from the city.

That in itself is unethical. Finally, the teacher should

support his students and help them to keep the privilege of

2rinting the new=lletter, He must realize that it is his job

of the chamber of

i"i bligation. tLd o-F all, that he proofread

the studen

JuE sraeld the school '-com

0-24c0.47k,A2inihns. believe

even if it hurts some

cm

tt,

1.:he truth shou,Aqt..pe knco).

because left untr?ated it

c-

BEST COPY AVALABLE9

Page 90: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

,J 1 & A

1./

zed

'

-4

44

A

di A .elb./

/

rAk

A

I

144

/

/411r-

/

'

/A" All

At.

d

I 4

47"

/

//

I

/

0.1144,46. dail IA

Page 91: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

/.Ia iA e 1

.%

:i

ill

11

40 ....

7

. .

, ..

c::::) .411

/ 0, - 4 dlt 4 ." . . .4( .0.. . . .1. .

J. .,.. ..

_ ---- . . .

. .

.

' 1 A ... ilf A A .A° . - ' .4 :a. . . .4 .., .I i

e

Iri 41tidLIZZI/fill . A 44 . . .40 . ...,

I-

6 I / ."....... , Ai -.1.1 40

z/_.__ 4,... aIfvfAi,52,v_.,.ez.67_,-

,

I' 0 +a

- ,

3 .

1., ,

_

A IN.

1 . ....7.,- el/ \Iv

Ai ) . lb- \

ill

_\

...

.11k. _ ______

t

.. ,f.:.,3,,,..

e/ 11 . k 111A1111.

4111111h. 1 \...-."

. .. ...- - .. ... . - . . ... . - --. ...- - - - - - .. -.... . . - . .. .. .

. .. .. ..

92

Page 92: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

11,111,1"Nov. 29, 1992

William a varsity football player had turned in a ittenCL%---

assignment that was not his work. Dr. Stevens, Willi a f tr414`'t

instructional design professor, was faced with the dilemma of

flunking William as the academic advisor suggested or go with his

own way of solving the problem. Dr. Stevens hired one of his

graduate students to work with William. William was expected to

select a new topic and he assignment. I agree with Dr.

Stevens way of solv'ng the dil7

I

mma.) William learned his lesson

Ur) ' 1---Q-'-'

the hard waxkbut don't think he will try plagiarism

'

again. William proved his self worth by retyping the paper. I

feel that you don't solve any problems by taking the easy way

out. Facing the dilemma head on, deciding what the best solutiOn ,..-K fE14-67

is for both parties, then agreeing on how it should be solved. I

would possibly make William work with other students that are

hayi problems in the same area.

Page 93: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

b,,

Eng oqq-D.:Thr_ane,

Tex r qraelt_n 42a.u.43 art- appreciaturl-,nAfit ip 1,A A4A- C4hi o4t- -eiwA

CULL LILA c) VItS 1-ct.clo_rts ryL cLeiL

141 e-5 p c-n e ntuytt lc

1,u (L5 4-ettsari W-D LC, pr rrC V C.-

hozkui 71-11e, be-Ile-a Ix) atiot,o_n f-hese.

p (es en-Fecit 6n 5 -I-0 'fake

cceituelhed- bL\ +he e+t1 6f prat) el\-1-cn

+he. pre arta+I Cn 4c I ake plate, Ike,

Co-nfrouarsiCj. Raktre, o-r -I-h e proposed

ve +-OA-5 Lil CL CI, a_st C n, Loi

Such cit.\ _un dLkitaucAD3

ctancrc:LQD 11x2- pusG 61 1411

64: bttorn,u(n C co, (yd. c r\ y .

Lux r ) 6I-er\ t- py ecik_c_1-4..thtfLy\ b LL+- -

9

Page 94: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Nfl

echo-A-1.. LAS-1-r tA_C_A-6 In

1. i7-1-.he . h ou-A.

.cy-fLui cir\ctof i ej" dw ctra

95

Page 95: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ci aId

0

x In my opinion, he should allow them the presentatioN`5

but he

e.,044,4(

must put strict re ulations in order to control t+rt.T presenta-

tions. Alth we can identify a genera charac eristic for an4te

individual or ethnic group, it is v y dangerous them.

oFirst, since we live inAheteroge eous country, we have to

consider or be aware thecultur4of the various g

so, if the present tion rp s

reis to know each of

I think the presentation should be allond be

the particular facets of this groups. Second, while stereotypes7

eZ444t4e--

with CiCkity:;1-001Y

-fp'

give us generallcharacteristic5) it is always important to

f* 114V4k

remain open to learn about the individual group, no matter

fidtl1 (11- ;;I_

grou91ae from. Finally, the way of not permitting discussion 15

-640,- (119P2--is going to create a learning/leach-other-group environment;

also, it is a good memiar to understand others group because thz----

culture of the group are neither good or bad but different.

Page 96: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

V Ad 03 i-S181

L.--/ - __i D j) __,_ '--0-...3- '% ..1

ri) 717 0 .c- -;--;-/"3-111-7-.)- /1-2r4- ?(11-)ti 1/61

, ../;

. - -

V 0 L-1,7 iv' ,9 ..) D SO q ? L11-. V (,) Li i_z_didp/ 5 1/3 )

-. / D 1D1 _i_ 5 A 1,t c).,") 2 7-7- 5 cill 1

1

dti 1 _i./1-7.<1/1-L)

1

5 I. 1-3'1. 5 4 s.,- v 11 Jo I/.

- , 1

t

..../ ..,-;. L 1/4_,/ /7:.--7 7 -24. /1 s- ) ( 2. AIL

)5 .-,..i

_F----_,,T .) _f 1i _J J if

1

_ .

_J 1 19--1

lb --I it'/ Pf ' )(PP j la2)c)-9 .. "9---5

_ ..

t .

/- -2,--2/1 ;) .n-i

. _

:-.)1/ :7 J .. g bt. ,1 t., 5 _i_______________________ 1- .9 _2 1, __--.

I

,

/1 -) ,A

1111111111

Page 97: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

-,/

71

L .: _r i tie .- A Le .c7 7.1. S c,,.. ,--.. , c i, (--' S ; c..,...-? j t-t/ c A (;--- /---t_ lt,

)

4- re ci 1- yn ,?--, c ,-I' -1-1(-7 /II I ci cr f Jy S .-(-4 (1,-:,-1 1- s

/i + C rl e'-' 1 I ,''' 01 117(.; Al

/

v c 7 / /

)(/C/C/C Ci ii , -.7

i 7./ A(7Cl..

!

i 1; S f r-- (-2. / r ;;-,---1 (,k,. C /d PC:

.v1 eCIVC C/ f/ C) /) c C 1 /

c-+ il(=. y 5 ,c,-.-/ / d ci e ve a 767 ..0 Gi /2 f C C i- CI kil 0

t r 1--

br 1 :,--\ y c.-//," /-,.../ c/ ,,,, r- > --Lf o (- 1 -C-- 1 / /.____

....)

IC r r' c / (,- I I- (° ci C' :-c--, ,--, c.-- ,- ? ,44-: i..,(.-- /

11, t i \

1-7b Li-t-

_1,s/ L. /11____ --_.

BEST COPY AVAILABLE .___.___

Page 98: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

-Lzq /4d.v

d,u)hitkftga(fi&e2etyiit-1/) stel /f0/1(-

P4'

1,Zf? C-7/0, Vjefeeze0 /eti4.)ye

0i) de,eakAga-defra 4//e77

ed4zie9xI--fe& Vaetec, 4,ctieee.,eL /e2-xiat.e,diu

detz44,1466iy 4te:ie

5&,7 44/Z4 dieawt/tiAe.ite,X4-19-etare

.&A)

)iatze.aH r2-6,- /4 fae-4i-m-edLa-

l/t-4 99 d'IBEST COPY AVAiLABLE

Page 99: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

dia /9tzzi;Lax

64t1 z/xe,& p& Izaa&ateezza.4AS ahf

,e,e4z-Liez,e)

fir1v7v/6

A4ry-ke04e al&h,ye ieede,&

W;izzetd/b

Aaid/Aza,,,/./a,ta.f,a, *502.2eezied.e_

4 i/ideigfrie-xe4761e,a/

XeZteie-f (76 ,6c97/41L e

)

5

cY'

00 BEST COPY AWAKE

Page 100: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

V"-

SUBJECT: ENGLISH 094CASE STUDY No. 1

EQUAL TREATMENT

Sharon Broom -toad was not: treat in her students

fairly. She's not justi'ied in giving special consideration

to her minority students the mean well, but it is not

the right thing to do. Eventually ,4the minority students will

suffer b s of this and will have to pay the consequences.

Sharon Broomstead should have only one standard grading sca.le.

Also, an assessment test should be given to all students.

There may be some students who need to be placed in a lower

levelerciass. The students who do place in Sharon's class

should have the equal right to earn their oracle according to

the standard grading scale. Whether a student isAminority

or not Sharon should grade every student the same.

101

Page 101: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

/ /-- ---i r b / /elm __10.)-Le_Zt,1 _,;,1.01._.1.e.__((s t-t- ,fe..leftzi_..e(ce-ifi-v_ (7664,.

cl-el6e:d-e--t'a-Y7 -U1,61/4,/ ./22 ith 6_,J./692(.c (17/ 726.

?

,,774fez4/1.

ia2t1J.2, Zie-a.,/,keli/c6/67!

a4W,6-e% ,

-

0- /--

, ,

/..L.e t, //

..//(t)- .-(L

102

--3

BEST COPY AVM L BLE

Page 102: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

English 094

Case Study

I feel that Sharon Broomstead was out-of-line by grading her minority

students different from other students. To keep this problem from

occurring, I would set my criteria for the class ahead of time. I would

provide a syllabus outlining my grading policy. There would be a test

administered to the students to find out what academic level he or she

stands on. I would also provide a study session for any student who

wants to build up their knowledge of the

make muelf accessible to each and every student. I feel education

ld be color blind, and no certain culture should receive special

leges.

.'Furthermore, I would

Page 103: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

41!!!!!!111111111111

11/19/92Case Study #1

I believe that Sharon, the teacher, was not treating her

students fairly. I feel that regardless of financial status,

school background, minority status, age, or appearance,

everyone is human and should be treated equally. Having two

different grading scales certainly is not treating everyone

equally or with the same respect. People should be able to

have a chance to is as well as they can, even if they have a

hard tine on certain subjects. They should be given the chance

to try hard, learn, and move past their current abilities. I

feel people learn best from their mistakes. Because Sharon did

not give the minority students a chance to fail they may fail

in another class and not understand why. People who fail a

class and learn from the mistakes they made are better c-F-f1(.1 C4111 n- c b A4 07v4A

than these whc've by in c?at,)but still faij

L____/

Pr)

104/' BEST COPY AMIABLE

Page 104: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Sam :3rewer is an professional educator d should_act

like one. The first thing Sam did wrong is to prejudge someoneX .y.1.)

for howhow they loolA or how they are dress. Sam could have explain

the syllabus clearly, so everyone can understand while bringi4i AviL1-(-

up key points. Sam must think he is p t, and what Sam said ..FA

is the true. Sam must realize no one isyt; therefore,

C-LAAA)

CL

continuing education should be),q- priority for all educators.5

Sam is in a position to shape young mil; therefore, he must

challenge them to get class ion, //.---,--.

can understand the subject andAext book. Sam hie- no right

in removing a student, because dose not likeLC jt 4 cov

Josh, andXadvisor should sit down and iron out the'--1 C471olAc-

7:,oblems he school should have aX dress code posted( , one should

OhSam, e:)54-"A"---

be given to each student. Teachers should be evaluated twice

a year ( by classroom students and hisV or her peers.

)1,4

kt-o &1)44

BEST COPY AVM BLE

Page 105: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Vritten Assignment for English

Responding to One Case Study

Choose one case study, and in one well-developed paragraph, write a

solution to the ethical dilemma presented. Think logically andethically when presenting your solution, taking into consideration allparties involved as well as any legal mandates prescribed by our

nation's lays. In your pre-writing (brainstorming), please show how-

you arrived at your solution. Remember: think logically and ethicallywhile reflecting upon your chosen case study. Good luck!

6435 Var/71i 1(av ) 1/7 i /-->

.

.;u2.2_ 51

C'

7"C.*N-.

/

, .

L.,

_ /--------

5/ (4 Z/t-'17 4.0,

t";::/1 (L.:9

I i."'C'(

/ T CS L\.

BEST COPY AVAfi BLE10 6

Page 106: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CAA r s-r-EloV -1:fg

1)1,4/4-12/5,t4

400 t- 444: s CG Se 71 (-s-. I 7 41,-,,c1 j jfz le c bai.)1

ham shodi s /ed. x 6e/ e e 4-(n e

Way ac. 51--e L/645 JO/i/e f /0 b 1-e we Was

feicee-Mi Ok. 2 di a AA had ci bee in do) 14?

V"1-

-gus plalt,97)SM t/Nti -1;44/1e5 1414

4-tN:Mk wov id ao-vts; der TettiK LA c 1A;tevl Rec.os-c2

frJaS )s s e or c14/ as pti opt.) fig

1,00 _S G cl 7? 1L /-e4 cri ; .1/ ; evic e

I F7J bti bly meir-e ;7L ;fri T

s cA s e

Page 107: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

_1111,11Cl

2atiAa40 LLLa Ati-W

Ci-44 OA) _ et.A,

AL.Lu-LO x1U foAi y

. po_b k

et.edi

.../....k.42/1-0L7_4L,s, ...riLa a_kp -i-kLaraw_E44.4, _

ctq v5L021..1.10 et.a 40-4--45 .11"1:41A- el.-441V

,442'?a-P-A c11-1-644Z

_17).4 60,*-4--

aA Ct C.--Et.b)p et,rt-y.

)JAA/: CM hik.,,K ?AAA

m/nItcr_titoy pJ A

Alc"1-1-4f1-

AO XAL Odt-e

A-01 -Lau) 0-b-0_241 ea/

108

014.1.4.4-1

Page 108: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

.6o-P-4414) _0.49

_4-#(.,47.iu_tervA Li) ou_t_AP JuaLly-pi428-xw).1-

i)cLticiA_L_zz_en poiLL .

aAt, leao afp-otoiLLoip ch-4-e-t-f-4-1--;teety

109

Page 109: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

C.cc I4-1

CJJU

.AAL

j-e--44.1t-- 4 o

A.L.A31A.,t JAZ 144

AltklircL Jr41111tvu<Ak.e 0--k-Zoe. 6-zPo

Atak4A. 42/,\JizL. 4),c,zo%

cru

cefr 416.

Ukfr5L, . Ck)- A-QA-Aat

0(,

Page 110: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

.4?

Page 111: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

fize(2-

WIENIMMInggi.c-(- -9 rf

(1-et,y Tit Aue__ T CHge_tvt dill 17-

C4' ,,c 47-/ Ai-a-r0.176-

C i7,61v0/0 .SPec ilf-frvrio-v 7-6 fieg-- /4/ oe_crri

57vDevvr.5 6ezPtor 6F i-1-02- Feez,/ /v6s Fbt

7Pavi.5im-eg.47 Nitv c Wt 'r T- "0; A4-silvel

it-ccolQ1,v6 -/-0 ?Fecioiv-,d Titc674-s- _Crap y

S coo t_a? itt,(20j)y f' /C IV -14,61 011/C Ma 11-/ 7TtC

Leven flOpv -rp-}sire-c&-4) Sie-6- 14H_s

ive7r-ztry, e(41 02-319-e-a A M.4 Es w eg-SruDI --c °A77710

,ir(7 76 Nom- Pe-g-_5 ez7-1 u , i---r -ne 6 ? eresz,-,/v-

71?6 -r6 At-ti - n S Ko ,A-D 44-.017116 , (AN, t'e-e-oicr

(1/11 SON!' 5 Ga=L n4/ iv; )000 41(5 .mo-i (t) M v (aA- /1457-e

. L virri rff / WO iry 5 i e)-1)/ri-Sn erbv):/11-=6" J t,Sr e)EUitiVNIN ti LC/-C,if e_04- cJf

&(g_ /1/7 , ton/ E 7 e17-1-r e c7,0 e

112

Page 112: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ir e44,1 0).3WA-r-e g-colf-Ce;E d'oNT lit-T-r6v ir

j 1.41(-e- -7764/a3,v )s Tieir

)

/ r -FE ifc tter-c- tikt rkeg-- own/ 1,17q-Si 6 F Azi, /IN

-TFte-SOt4-/-ii O e 6 -Re c5 (S 7116-7- S S iro ()to a a1l/1)E:

Tv

r1:4:120191 A,7

PA

113

Page 113: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Class 2 (P): Ethics Case Studies Paragraph Responses

114

Page 114: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PACO Ile

0111111111.111.Case #1

Psychology instructor Sharon Broomstead was definitely unjustified

in her unfair treatment between minority and non-minority students. Al-

though, Sharon feltchallenged to promote respect for minorities, I believe

she shouldhave done so in a different way. It is unfair to have different

expectationsfrom minority

students than that of non-minority students.

What kind of respect would this promotes if minoritystudents were to find

out about this? I believe? if Sharonfelt this to be a special mission,

she should have taken her own time to help these students.Class time

should be of equal value to each studeniglack or white.

115

Page 115: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Written AssignmentAssignment for English

Responding to One Case Study

Choose one case study, and in one well-developed paragraph, write a

solution to the ethical dilemma presented. Think logically and

ethically when presenting your solution, taking into consideration all

parties involved as well as any legal mandates prescribed by our

nation's laws. In your pre-writing (brainstorming), please show how

you arrived at your solution. Remember: think logically and ethically

while reflecting upon your chosen case study. Good luck!

-X1,1

SA376a.eb174uld ie12.0 /

-b) ta-Q. 44A- il6u24./2->-)-L .

"6-4111-42-

..?;dr&d/ a-iziilA7L di&d, 49a,d.eAviny7).g.4 /.LL oteiyi-isz,F,IA,z/64Y /0/

4Yale/I; ,

diA6127- /.

i 0ONIZMNINIIIPT11=1

4

idle;buif

I,9 o2e Le_6LE:4

Pi.' MGe771-2- 0-11e la,<Y1f-

AlimummMMO10707.

(.ord /At& 662L °, 7woopoi40ALL

)4Aq./Optir Z-4 , */ I - -4t,c

D,,z,64( ,a,tt -d1/./.1.191Z171 11' z//1

Lt4rL-01 Val_9( C_

.69,26( 4,/zozdY1,401a1:-uL z-ie

_;z,&;7L-

CL

a.

.,/

_,Z;)17elzt--/f rffa

116EST COPY AVAiLABLE

Page 116: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

"ITMIPCase StudyEqual TreatmentFinal Draft

Federal civil right laws ban discrimination on racial and

ethic backgrounds; therefore, all students should be given

an equal opportunity in learning. Different styles of learn-

ing depend greatly on relationships and racial background.

Not all Black Americans norite Americans learn in the same

way. Some are only capable of learning by listening and per-

forming rather than reading or writing. We cannot choose

our conditions in life, but we can choose our attitude towards

those conditions.

Page 117: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Terry Groeling, the art appreciation teacher, has a difficult

decision to make. I believe the decision to let the presentations

go on is the correct answer to his problem. The purpose of art

appreciation classes is to expose individuals to various at f rms.

this classthere is a variety of opinions and views/and his jab

as a teacher is to approach each view with respect. He may want to

lay some ground rules for the presentations such as no foul

language, and discussions are to be limited to the artistic

expressions that each artist is trying to convey. Should a

presentation begin to get out of hand he must take the initiative

to stop the presentation. The same should apply to any discussions

that may begin to expand from the original intent The various

views in this class should only enhance each stude ppreciation

of the arts if properly controlled.

4/4 )

\2,C\\11'v

8

Page 118: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

As a business program instructor. Sam Brewer could have

effectively handled the behavior problem with Josh Frankel in a

timely fashion and saved everyone involved weeks of aggravation.

First. Sam should have recognizedsigns of a problem with Josh

during his seco d l s by Josh's attitude and actions toward

him. Afte) Sam analyze the situation) he would have been ahead

of the problem by making an appointment to discuss the situation

with Josh outside of class. Josh then would not have been able

to humiliate Sam in front of the other students. and perhaps, Sam

would have found that Josh had other underlying problems for

which Sam could provide guidance as well as be a friend to Josh.

By being direct and confronting the problems head on. it seems to

me that Sam. Josh. and all the other students would have had a

more educational and pleasant experience in that particular

class.

119

no is _

November 18. 1992

David Throne. Inst.

Page 119: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICSCase Study #1

IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIre

l)-%English

c"

I believe that Sharon was only hurting her minority students

by grading them on a scale that wasn't as difficult as her other

students. By being easier on the minority students. I believe she

wasn't preparing them for the courses they would have to take

later. These later courses would be that much harder for them

because they would not be prepared for them, or the challenge the

courses would give them. Courses that continue building on the

knowledge that they were supposed to receive in this course woul

h/t)) J1.0

be that much harderik due to the fact that they may not have picke

LIP some of the important points of this present course. I believ

this could be overcome by spending more time on teachingL

minority students This could be time outside of'clas1 or soeciai

tutoring sessions. Or Sharon could Raira minority and non;--

minority students t gether and have them assist one another.

the

12 0 BEST COPY AVAILABLE

J

Page 120: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Written Assignment for English

Responding to One Case Study

Choose one case study, and in one well-developed paragraph, write a

solution to the ethical dilemma presented. Think logically and

ethically when presenting your solution, taking into consideration all

parties involved as well as any legal mandates prescribed by our

nation's laws. In your pre-writing (brainstorming), please show how

you arrived at your solution. Remember: think logically and ethically

while reflecting upon your chosen case study. Good luck!

tiVAPV- )-CC Ad

/6(.1.X,

/0.-1.,)

, 11

-)6-t\Otd 'U"''

01'L f "VC(611 1 1

C LY -

j,z),6tyt,v_)ot----)tc-ei

-L6itb) .2i-(,e4,6

3, ea. oy\zz

uJ /1c,c/ oecwi,-7%j1

A

CL,L& Lk)

cuidItI j

ET COPY AVAILABLE

Page 121: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

'

I - I

I'

--' '..t l-)-.>:. / ,,. /... - ..

1 Q CI, ' --/ i L ._Cr)

i ,.. .-_.

\..,, : -- ,

'_..i. .._'1 .L..),Lo G.riic,'il-L-=-----i.--r

1 '

t 1 0 i-; _.-/-7 't -L, (... -<-

.... )/---. .

-) ''' -,

1 -L' :-..,.....z....--

' '` -, ,___-/-,. tr. /1/4:). t C.--;_ ,.. k -- = V.......... . ..._ ,

1/. 1 -;/.-- ._1(.._ -.;// t .,

, ..., k....

1 ,. . _

...- "_.. _ :1 : -

--,S, `--

.1.), I ---.;(.1.... ,:_, ''.....

, 1..._ I, ......_...,

. --...--

- s --.. ...

' ,,..-- ----. -. -, - ,.....

---/:-.. -1 - --) ,-*/ IC i 1 -.) .ss I (.....- I'1 - -N. - -- I (... / "- ( l1---

/ . n ,. j .- ....... ---

.

.

- ..; ,. .... , ' : /1.3 / --:- -/

7'

T::--.......:.., .......

i----. --,

--,.._ / ...s. , ' /-1.........-- (...-.'

, 'r 7 I---)

1- / - . ,..,_

-Kr-I ..

---, i'L..;. C' --L.-LL/

k: _.....--f ._--

0 .......1,... . ,.z 7 1

\s/si,---) (- ' C.- ' I___,,

,

1:/

. . .1.r2,C--"'-- \171- 7;,j/ ..:". . )-2' ;0--''''''s '.. r)--'. f . . L ,-

,,-17-

dr--Th...;(: '1,./ '. / L.,...-- riT-) / . .. f' *. '

......_ -L.-, I- -/-

/ :

L ./

,WN\

ESTCOPYAMIABLE122

Page 122: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Case study No. 1

No I don't think---2-tuden

ENG. 201David Throne

She would need

to use the same grading scale in order for her to treat her students equally,

and she is not doinz that. She is grading her minority students on the basis

Siof -'progress and her non-minority students on a strict numerical policy.

she really had respect for cultural diversithe would not be discriminating

against her non-minority students. There is no justification in grading her

minority students on a special scale. If she wanted to help her minority--- rlepp /E5:7.

iszA.-<- ce) - skA fJstudents get ahead in life fyhe could tutor the or al.re a sT)ecial after

(to r 6egVi

school class, se she can make sure they learn the material neces n rvr to pass

the class. Her minority students -Jill go further in life than if she ere

ye them special treatment.

123

Page 123: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Eng. 201

42-)

11-15-92

) Case Study No. 1 400

s great that Sharon Broomstead was trying to

students. he was only trying

e minority students0I understand tha

however, she should have help outside the

classroom. Sharon could have worked a tle

, with the minority students; nevertheless, Sharon

could have did the g de 4 scale the she way forL---) hat

both the minority students and the non- minority

students. Wit the help outside the classroomithe

minority students could have done a considerable

job.

Page 124: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

English 20111/25/92

Response to Case Study !Io. 4: Intellectual Freedom

The Reverend Sparkle was asked t speak to the English

Literature 103 class at Elksburg Community College. This was at

the invitation of Mr,. Smith, the class professor. The Reverend

Sparkle's presentation was to be an interpretation of The Scarlet

fetter. The reverend took advantage of his position by using the

character, Reverend DimmeSdale, to preach to his audience. In

doing this,A he violated the principle of separation of church and

state. However, Mr. Smith did not set guidelines for the

Reverend Sparkle to follow. Although it was at Mary Sparkle's

suggestion that the Reverend be allowed to do the presentation,

she cannot be held responsible for his actions. Mr. Smith was

fair in allowing the Reverend Sparkle to finish the presentation.

Mr. Smith should have taken the Reverend Sparkle aside and

eyplained the circumstances. By doing this, it would have

alleviated some embarrassment to Mr. Sparkle. Perhaps Mr. Smith

could have used the presentation to disduss the important issues

in his idea of creative freedom, such as the principle of

separation of church and state. In any case, Mr. Smith should not

discontinue the presentations. The presentation could be a

lesson well-learned for all.

/1 If.

.

1, 1..(/

16'1 )- /

/ (i

./ BEST COPY AVAILABLE

125

Page 125: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Class 3 (CI): Ethics Case Studies Paragraph Responses

Page 126: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

'\c\

k ç\ aw_\ usc.;- 562

Cf:-KNC kCD

C0c\CQ,c,

1.27

Page 127: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

G/11/4/44

)\ oNSo

\tr_S

C\V-P

crS2-\NQQ__. C,_\c`CAMCS,Lcs

--c-c\c\c',.s co c,,r\ ,\C2C\ .

1

cc\-f c(2-c- \c-\

)

c_0(Nc\cs\\mos c-c\ \bc-DA,\/. r ) ,

\,L/ ( \,)

5 \\Vr

A,

V)'ST COPY AVAiLABLE 128

Page 128: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

cLyo'_

wk/k

0111111111111110English 100

InstructorDavid Throne

No ember/19/1992

Case Study number Six: /A

Art Appreciation i`i

OA (4)

r---The art eacher, e Groelint ha a oblem with his art

class and its\iideal4 of art expression sinceA it has the opportunity of ),66'fr)turning into a major crisis if Terry lets his student's expressions get

out of control. ForXkexample, the students are expressing themselves \/without an accountability for the other students. Furthermore,

tz--) 7 J 1-19students are only thinking of what they can do for themselves cand (--)--b

q--- .

(--illhaving little concern on what might disturb_one or more of the fr4A- trHA./

. L I'VT110,--f:'%-s. zAA-n I --students in the art class. expressing themselves with these contrats41ithe students can only attack each other's emotions. Each student is

ith;f

. Terry's

planning to do something the other students may no

on the other hand, each student has an opposing ounteria

art class has a collage of students; one student like usic and

happens to be black. Furthermore, there is another student that is a., ,_

skin head and believes that we should live in an alliwhite .world; far

as thethe other two students,they face a different issue, and that is (:))00-/-religion. The first is a true Christian, yet the other has the position

that he is against Christ and all he stands for.

129

Page 129: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

All of these dents of the art class are on erent sides of these two

issues; ho ever, each issue that the stu -nts bring up is different, yet

they are v1 much the same idea. it each student's resentation'4'

there is is going to be an upset student althoug rach student will claim

their demonstration as their interpretation on what they think this art

show is about. What Should Terry do as far as the presentation?

Terry should allow the class to go on as planned, but only wit

caution and lots of time. Should Terry still have the discussion? I

say, (Y4' becauseii we all have a right to our own opinion and the right

to voice our opinion. However, I think the class should not have this

presentation in one day, but the class should take several days to

vte () display or present their art impressions and discuss each of the issues;

44/1=---Howevei-, make sure that all of the students discuss each side,erf eachtr,.

Pt' question that might come up, so that there can be no hurt feeling left to

cause a problem later.

Page 130: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

.A

#1

Sam was responsible for creating the problem, and only he

can correct it. Sam is entitled to his own personal opinion

about Josh;however, Sam has no right to tell anyone on the

campus how to dress. Josh's classroom demeanor was okay because

he really didn't do anything wrong. As an experience businessi

professor, Sam should have never let his feeling o a

combative point. Josh's scrutiny of the syllabus isn't really

significant.Josh's mention of m led words and grammar

should not have been brought up unless they were so bad that he

couldn't understand the word or sentence. Josh's questioning of

Sam's grading policies was justifiable because he has the right

to know how he'll be graded. Josh's challenge to Sam's lecture

was okay because he has the right to ask questions about the

lecture. Sam's idea that Josh was there solely to disrupt class

is purely his own idea; correct or notASam's idea should be kept

r

to himself unless he can prove he's right. Sam's summon a Josh

to his office to threaten him was incorrect; Sam should not have

threatened Josh. Josh should not have lost his temper while

speaking. After Josh left and Sam sat wondering what to do, Sam

should have realized that he was not solving anything by simply

dumping Josh. C.AS a teacherrSam ha4 to find a solution to his

problem; that would be the right thing to do. Under no

circumstances should Sam let a student upset him like Josh did.

131 BEST COPY AVAIABLE

Page 131: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ENG. 100

M r. Smith is at ault in this case: however. Mary should have taken into

consideration)' the feelings of her fellow students. When Mary presented her

proposal to Mr. Smith, he should have asked specifically what she intended

to do. Because the reverend was goin 43-- a guest, Mr. Smith should have

some sort of ui elin5. Furthermore, the reverendgiven the Sparkles5 f

should respect others, and he shou not push religion. Mr. Smith should

allow creativity in his class, but set down some rules. As soon as Mary toldye lor A Kort rs.

M r. Smith of her/idea. the 1principle of separation of church and state should

have been discussed. Religion is such a controversial issue that students

need to be aware of the lawsl' and know that it can't be tolerated in a

rducational setting. L

132BEST COPY AVAiLABLE

Page 132: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

10 / Ct! (1. Of/ rUj 7 ?l

1 /7u L_AI' LLLirCLo!

_211 ,\2_Lc_ido-?6,2) Carl

ux?(-1L/Wair)c( LI c_76(zx ciho 721-Lc

0_13aLl LizZyz O.Z26&./qta)) 1)u

(91.2Jut o762 /10-711 L.Ote Way..

/1/7,d.tc:700{ Avu ci--1(Lbce 6 c._(0(' ay?

CL(L77/70//_

.-(1-itai

/

77t_

ityloropcw. aa-c

(.4

//14 2/7 7_117

irCut_, C(CAL./??,1f,? de dzic_4(2,

if Lie LI ,() ( 77 L cif 7

. L./ L.LCC Lk. STI_LL" ;5

(__167yzx Atud(ri&-D Ctrid chY?

02:L 0(att,C(4e t11_

74" tlf.0,/

BEST COPYAVAUBLE 133

Page 133: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

i/h L24

aelzY L/L4 cizt czyncLtr? WZ. aluxii Oloc

I: 0 CLeziO Le he wo-uid 12i claLu2' ado

Lfix(_,(co12..Tr?

1.34

Page 134: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

0/At SluttaLAMA

Awai muinv.3) 1?)640bottAtu

4

awitMitotirt Q aukskp);') lioig a OWL gm

olAti Kixt Qt Rikuu

nark hurt

lnailnCdam gym, mmij copeo:-

1/0m,

ot ma/JO/. ju5-fr

LViln. ip/avothrAf

-1069 VVAA f.6ot

-Ofvutt 1701 t+ 401-

4")

Page 135: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

) iT

-171-11 ci

4c1 I4,(M)49i4' 1)9 7 (f

grt- Perini vin wotc

7)tf $(2114

Page 136: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

a\ u'imowircioEnglish 100

I don't believ the Dean of General Studies made the right choice insuspending the arterly colle e environmental newsletter. When Mr.Swansot. science instructor at the college, approached the dean for

vperrnissuin to start the newsletter with some students, the dean and the

Aktr'A instructor should have talked about some general guidelines. The discu sion",r should have included the specifics on what the school's philosophy Vand

(AlAtrnake it clear that a disclaimer would be used in the newsletter if needed.The responsibilities of Mr. Swanson in regards to the newsletter may havebeen a silent understanding, but still should have been discussed. Had somesimple steps been taken in safe-guarding the school in the beginning, it'possible the dean would not have received a phone call from the 'dentof the local chamber of commerce. The president com 1 thenewsletter had been distributed off campus Vnizellad done the community agreat disservice with the article stating, "I

fy

the local mine could not controlthe run-off from the tailing pond, it should be shut down!" The presidentreminded the dean of a large city grant the college had applied for, and hepolitely suggested that a apology would be in line in order for the grant to beapproved. Mr. Swanson had an unexpected visit from several students'fathers who were miners, and they demanded the right for a rebuttal in the nrtonext newsletter. When Mr. Swanson was called to the dean's office, and rtc-advised the newsletter would be suspended. At that moment, Mr. Swansonshould have insisted on correcting matters by running a special edition ofthe newsletter stating the school's position, making a formal apology, andallowing the students' fathers to publish a rebuttal in the next newsletter.This should clear up any negayve feelings from the community towards tcollege. 1'

137

A-.

Cic41

)<1

Page 137: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

,..

M7,1 00.(/z 07i6e44

7/2 /27A- /2-izoV2

i/kude-e3 a 'f-Lbt re7,/, 4/ Z1'7,a/ea/

Ill'/zet1 2/7

I/C44, :do aic< ouzo' yze/ ,17247A7

A o --h_ (ctaXica° cz-6.scU1 ,607 (1/)172,071

.1 idta ;ir.J\CL/12-

&./-7dA Izad yza Azyil-

cow( d7/Jir /aA,

e/k dit_e-

:/d.o r okya,/ `)k-;/c_z

Pri>-- /U4 an &W-1-/7 /-rurz

d ziAL (,7

Az GnCce r T/L-0/1/.7z_ed lam'' .

2d

BEST COPY MIAMI 138

4.-!/1 346't

Page 138: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

"-

se studynumber'twkthe roblem is between Sam, the instructor, and Josh, the student. I

(..J6 /oJ

y both must change for this situation to wor Sam needs to become less judgemental

towards people because how you act and what you wear does not make you a good or bad person. Josh

also has to change; he must become less combative towards Sam. Sam needs to apologize to Josh for

his actions, and then ask Josh to return to the class if they both meet some guidelines. Sam then needs

to rectify the syllabus and give it to Joth and the rest of the class. When Sam is confronted with a

question about the material, he could ask Josh his opinion. This would stimulate class discussion

because the class may have experiences or opinions that are pertinent to the discussion. Sam needs to

get some examples that pertain to the lecture; then, resummarize the argument fro

present it to the class. Both people am trying to accomplish a tasITJosh to learn the materiayand Sam

to teach the materiaL Both people need to work together, ad like professionals, and treat each other

with mutual respect to be successful Sam and Josh have to allow for diffrence of opinion to make the

situation work

it

EST COPY AVAiLABLE 139

Page 139: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Patsy BrownNovember 18,1992English Comp

Sharon B oome

-,

the psychology instructor at a ommunityfLollege teaching

minority as well as white students. The minority students are not doing as

well as the white students, and Sharon does not want to take the minority

students out of the class, so/C;---sOlve the problem she grade-the white students

on the work and the minority students on.progress. -)_ 4 P

alt4"'` Sure Sharon is being cons eratre e, but not fair.1

"--.._. ____.._

"

If i did not know the

me 1)I do not want to just progressv I would want tp learn t meteriaA

5eSharon should offer help to her minority tudents, like or staving

after school three da s a week for an hour,

students with the minority students. Ttyis way

1

and it will be good for verone to wopk togetthe

ome of the smarter

learning the same way,

r

BEST COPY AVAILABLE.

Page 140: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

rv/zetda.t.

Cdc- L, AvemZef a.4r

iL&/J.Zeaet/,/,,,e agetux- 6_7f A44z-tf-r

,,x4,4-yefrar /1,064,4. e, 9/6 /)et4

/4..r

/....e4,44.6z-

zZe_ ptvac.,_

/qv_ Cir)t

/44 4x,e4 44 rut-e-v-d

ge/ . 1V-at

r44,1 I ) aft-LA r-e'' AGt-elee7

14144-0-VidAl/ taff&ei4J rie,f(At a7t4 A, 4.4a, aza.

I,-Ot, /nuze, fLevf.r

4hte /24141 //A/ j/tC1-&14/T-i-

i,ea .446 A4,344,

EST COPY AWAKE

Page 141: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

it "4.1:4 0

I believe Dr. Stevens made the right decision by keeping William inschool and giving him a second chance. If Dr. Stevens had flunked Williamand had not given him that chance, William would never have had thechance to be a professional football player today. I think professors shouldtake risks sometimes to make exceptions for some students. I'm not saving

j.Ctn""s kthat because Dr. Stevens gave a second chance to William he should d the 11aA--

itsame for the other students in the class; however, a good professor shouldhelp his or her students make the right decision to be successful. Dr.

rfStevens by his action showed hocy4nuch he cares about his students, and I'msure William will never forget what happened in that class.

BE COPY AVAILABLE

Page 142: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

\c

Page 143: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

capfteA' croko,

behel/e-

Pt- ck- 'aloe( 5ievekt-5 /Ail,t01-46 4,41i

5Ae oet46 sivi-ca ye_ -,C;/&L

ecatt.,5e_ 04/Aot, 6t, C-c,4

'511(2tt/01- tt,&tve 440,44, ;I SA- 01' ceeth-i,

Co //ec- sitrit4g ar,r-tsir.Geivek

acx-late_ 6e Itavicii; wav 0/5o .4:4-64-/-

0140/ /1444;4-5 6 tudscx,icotte.- 4dIc...,...Z---j

Ai illittrit wift, hi oot? .i v , Z 16e-i et-74 p .5/evey

how& -64//e49( ad,awn.

/)

BEST COPY AVAD LAKE

144

Page 144: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Class 4 (CII): Ethics Case Studies Paragraph Responses

145

Page 145: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

&Y j

/L_----_

(c,

PLAGIARISM

:(2i)0.51

William a var t football turned in a writteassignment that was not his own work. I am not going to flunkhim, nor am I going to kick him out. Instead, he is going to geta second chance; he will get two different topics to work on. Iam going to punish him by making him work on the topics byhimself. The topics will be due in threg weeks, and the highestgrade he will get is a B. This should teach him a lesson, but Iwill not close -5 door and make him gut The reason I'm doingthis is because nobody should easily get away with plagiarism.

146BEST COPY AVAILABLE

Page 146: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Case Study 4 2 Fair Treatment

11111111.111111111111.011 1-19-92ENG 100

Judging someone on their aopeara ce is completely unfair his case

study Sam is totally in the wrong. Apparently, Sam wants them all to be

good little listene tterly oid of any personal thought or id as. I-6elieve

Sam should try to make the class more interesting. He should have

simulations and discussions of the principles behind businesses. In

conclusion, I believe Sam should ask Josh and the other students what they

11.41

want from the cl ada e students reeds.)

BEST COPYAIN LAME

147

Page 147: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Case Study No. 4

Intellectual Freedom

I think Mary Sparkle and her husband took advantage

of the creative freedom Mr. Smith had allowed. Since

preaching in class is a violation between church and

state, Mr. Smith should have stopped Mary and her husband.

The two of them had the class as a captive audience; therefore

I believe they over stepped their boundaries taking advantage

of everyone. A possible solution would be to interrupt

the pair and ask them to get back on the subject of the

book. Maybe Mr. Smith should have asked them what their

presentation was going to be about ahead of time. I do

disagree with Mary d her husband, and I feel what they did

148

Page 148: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

* (1)21- apalaccatwo)

'kLha Cl. L u Jrutai_ JO cca1LLn6 cut.c. 11 QL

C_LL.tfi-) CLAQA-0-003-Lf1 OA& 1/_r5

,wao J7w. Lutot-tuclicri_. , and_ -h0 _,J1-ncouna9sid___ at-ctetacuti.) L_,t 3

-11)Junr-P LU L.Alt_oak, Gwo_. CQ

`Qopofeffn cs.22-.01_,3 uuci -atucifIrt:6L,dzcL ailaL Lczach_ o-n\1 I LC) ftuik (51'1

h_Qh- CUM2 PA_WML-11,6aiLtiny\ancL Laach_I

cu_ 0-rbaciS

aaoicrpthlr,f11) ....L.W1- -Ulna") -Ltrruto

rLt c/o ao }./k. faccUDA, ,_th_azdz. [al cucir-,t_

Yumj Cl. atjoui) thiQr plao.Lit.ba:Lano haul_ trA) Juh a.

cla.w3 flC LLLcL J iraoL cu_octA_Q_, &hat; arud imLutc LLD L,LiLligli)

LLOOLtili not) LJ3 oo-Lima.61o0. 7\l_a ati) s_J;)kpAca) Uo a,e)`

LAJACCi CULt 0130 ul.ncLiZicLu'al± and_ .itucto_als

LLZ.aus LLex; act__ cL(7,1cA_ alko.ce_ok LhOO atrit-t_e_th

J hCLdCL. c_t,/ tut _) o 2_ co_n cd L_s

Lho_ cona (-DAL") to.A.cp c peral cia) aDa tuno_aLo

BEST COPY MUNI 149

Page 149: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

JUWOL(CL)? Um L.u_uccio Jw ,.ficl_ncLLut. JO) a aubipEctiD

OO?JULj. DCLLQL Gib ,_-t1r2 u,

Lcach_ c_u_ciduzE) cal cLoot_Lict. b G t 1_,L,W1c00c0

ant° uct utri -no 6 cLaft5

`U. ncLLeL LJ LhO s_yLociartb.) L/ LJJLrLLL az1.12 ctrIGL

0 pcf) temp c_n inca c2D,

Oun uu_f_ L1c4,2- (1.6 pi anito_ce 2011A44 cud& ,Acu.)6

ctuo i cJth ,_.-thto OcifiLite-L jp.d_ Lau.LL1 uo ;_ara( cn On E.)

at) OCAC1.8.(4 CL O pr,LL

h_E2 oaruro ckrlD iabat "aLl CCZLr att:Wki) h o

0-10zz Fl o ci.ieurnobcun c h_Q_ .2.hcaLci_ -no 6 ThJc:t.

Aj-tu3 co n-Yinctaluud eJctQiD

,3csynD otuctuLtD.,_)-,)6

L_LoLy biLttc.,./ PVoi ri.

ckh .26,Lecn

rn

LILL/ MAD__ LnsA Ltm

(

Cu L taz.) opc11_ cl co-2 C__L) CL poitarnaf)

oi-tw'r-Q-11-t Ettm Lac_ rn LLLQL/JDJ a_

1150 BEST copy AVARABLE

Page 150: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Lc2ljzott.or

LAILLD natui) c rtioDLo ozdfLit_ _10 iaL_

151

Page 151: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

.041111111.111.1111411

English 100

Throne TR

Case Study No. 3: Plagiarism

In this case of plagiarism, Dr. Stevens had discovered that one

f his students had cheated on an assignment. The student was a

LP-) 14^A Contna...4

varsity football playerAbut not a varsity scholar. The student

admitted to the problem that was brought out to him and hi demic awn)IC)

advisor. The advisor wanted to flunk the studentAbut Dr. Stevens did

1

the only right thing. He wanted to give the student a chance to prove

that he can do the assignment. Dr. Stevens suggested that one of his

(Ad<ASown graduate work with this student on the assignment in question

during the next four weeks. This student Would be expected to select

a new topic, analyze how he would teach this topic to another person,

and design and write a detailed plan and program of instruction. Wit

this help, the student did complete the assignment and passed the

//

course. Dr. Stevens did the right thing by letting the student show

that he can complete the assignment on his own. Though w at he dick tn

the beginning was wrong, his mistake was diverted and he deserved the

1

second chance. He was honest ever since Dr. Stevens confronted him

with the problem. He then was cooperative in going along with the

instructor's suggestion. He then carried out all the tasks and

deserved a passing nrade. If Dr. Stevens had flunked the student, PI-t)9

rtAn-requirements of the second optionAand Dr. Stevens felt that he

/

(.301,94krt--

the student happy along with the instructor feeling bad./ rAAvOr- \

Maybe it could have taught the student a lesson and that he will never

-1-52BEST COPY AVA6LABLE

Page 152: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

11

Ido it

thi

( ,0)4- 46/v)11-rve421/0

gain. After been given this chance, the student may go on/1(j

g that all professors will give him another chanceAand so he 1J

I-----\))

can continue to cheat his way through until he is caught. Hopefully,

the student can think and that he should not take advantage of this Y-0)/(7_.)

chance because who knows, he won't be so lucky the next time around

4/4f_n ;)2e)7e.oz.

153

Page 153: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

I

,Ave a lar conflict. '.2ne

uecida oh a solution: :--oever,nothing can

considerchanging or droping the class. On the at hand, Sam should research

information to hi= clac=.P.. better, ,ut. Josh should also lighter,

7:aff,

and Josh st6dEnt

dov;,,

osolve her Josh should

and transfer the

on his teachers.

..

154

BEST COPY AI/ARABLE

Page 154: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

4::.1

StL

utikCurYL tuAn-tai .

hib COPLia_-WACLL

kLECJILZu____

0J 0n c_inouct_L±arIcal._W±WL 0X10011A)

ancki hAJ ockicilLacik4liDtuc) Mcuo_ to exu o1/4± .

Lhaux, _-Luum 9U2 caddJILCimi_PL.Saith-tA) bu__ou_LAJL___5.9__thurtY,_Uirbaiu\ °MIL 3-__tuctinTA

it-YU _c_1Gua..D WhocuoA,4)_. PA. S--e-o-cruzv

wo,u/Lu_ Lupo

h 5Ciei ra-C()

. _ . .....

155

TAVAIABLE7"

Page 155: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

1

1

(/\

Written Assignment for English

Responding to One Case Study

Choose one case study, and in one well-developed paragraph, write a

solution to the ethical dilemma presented. Think logically and

,ethically when presenting your solution, taking into consideration all

/ parties involved as well as any legal mandates prescribed by our

nation's laws. In your pre-writing(brainstorming), please show how

you arrived at your solution. Remember: think logically and ethically

while reflecting upon your chosen case study. Good luck!r--/

\j/1C

Vii" r It

)

/3.9'ox-.4

deader),

t e.; Hz:

7:- ks

.1"-) )-7. 1-i `- - Z.'.} 1. N, ..";

17

\s)(/

vi\

BEST COPYAVAiLABLE

Page 156: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Case Study No. 1

Sharon BroomesteadAthe psychology instructor, obviously

needs to become educated on the methods in which her students

should bea. Just because her minority students have

an uneasy personal life does not mean they should he given

an easy way through school. If Sharon pp6cecfslto be easy

on her students. they will learn less. It.hey will e.kaAv.)-1

same treatment in there careers in the furture. SoA

pect the

IhA

"win/lose" ituationtharon needs to work the same and learn

7together.

BEST COPY AVAILABLE

157

Page 157: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

1111111111111100November 19, 1992

English 100 TR

Dave Throne

Case Study No. 1: Equal Treatment

ail affosifilk- -----11 Sharon Broomstead, the psychology instructoAdid ind d treat her

9-

students with unequal fairness. The minority student go a better

chance passing her course with a higher grade than the non-minority

students. Sharon only wanted to treat the minority students with ease

so that they can have a positive college experience. Meanwhile, the

n-minority students complained to Sharon about the unequal treatrah------ /I don't blame them at all. Sharon thinks that she is helping the

minority studentsAbut the same t e/she is hurting them in the long

'Cc.--3......

) WIA4 errun. 0SureAit will be easy for the mimorityf students when Sharon is'Y

the instructor. These students will struggle and have a really hard

time once they move up to a higher course with an instructor unlike.

Sharon. Wh. c4n Sharon's class, these students old to think

that they doing everything right and perfected the course. Yes,

they have perfected the course in Sharon's eyes and that is because

Sharon made it so much easier for them. Everyone can understand the

reason why Sharon did what she did. The minority students will

probably feel more comfortable with the course and at the same time

maintain a positive attitude towards the c urse. Sharon should have

/-1, roast Icr-tr<taken time out and cli!ythe minority students some extra tutoring

instead of handing out high grades. Giving them higher grades does

not teach them any more than what they know. Tutoring them will make

-1- 158

Page 158: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

them understand the texylond who knows, they might learn more when the

minorities like themselves.course is made up

159

Page 159: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Jodie KirkovichEng. 100Dave Throne

I chose to use case study number four for this paragraph. The ethical dilemma

here, is whether Mr. Smith should stop the presentation given by Reverend Sparks and his

wife. Mr. Smith, the teacher, should have been in control of his classroom. He needs to

step in and take a end to stop the presentation. to protect Mazy from taking advantage of

the other students, and to avoid being in violation of the Federal law requiring separation of

church and state, There are several ways in which Mr. Smith could have achieved this.

First, by requesting more information from Mary about her plans for her presentation, Mr.

Smith could have avoided the problem right from the beginning. He could also inform her

of the Federal law atlhis time. In this way, he can avoid the argument that Mary might not

know that it is illegal to preach any type of religion in a school setting. Secondly, since Mr.

Smith is responsible for what transpires in his classroom,. He should have made contact with

Reverend Sparkle, informing him of both the law and of his expectations the reverend.1.444 ccer-r, to indt-A4, A.ce_ e-1( r lc is -441

This would accomplish two objectives; It would allow him to get ifecl for what the

reverend was planning to speak about, and it would also give him a chance to inform

Reverend,Sparkle that he was aware of this law. Then, when Reverend Sparkle and Mary

arrived for the presentation, Mr. Smith should have pulled the reverend aside, reminding

him of their earlier conversation. Again, this would have stopped the problem from

snowballing. Mr. Smith should have seen a problem as soon as Reverend Sparkle told the

class that it was impossible for them to completely understand Reverend Dimmesdale

unless they were "born-again Christians." This sounds threatening and abusive to me; it is

never okay to threaten another person, which would have given Mr. Smith another

opportunity to stop the presentation. Reverend Sparkle was also recruiting people for

membership in his church, which is an infringement on the rights of the other students in

Page 160: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Mr. Smith's class. Finally, Mr. Smith should have immediately stepped in to stop the

presentation as soon as he saw the reverend pull out his Bible. He could have cited all of

the above reasons for stopping the presentation, thus making it clear to Reverend Sparkle,

to Mary, and to the rest of the class why the presentation was ending. Therefore, Mr.

Smith should not allow creativity to take its course, and he should take a stand by letting

Reverend Sparkle know about the Federal law requiring separation of church and state.

Page 161: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

s A)°, P/9/a/;s/'-\.,

th ;nL. Dr. 5 e kie-r).5 as

This bok (1;(:1

111111111011111111111101116._

t-h c

C. h e a_7` /c rl 0 CLI /21 .2L

hritiA4/(- k 14k/I C-CVJ<--

,1# by /c

t he/4; ed javc

9

wrotij

<);(,-1 d o q /I ef c /-7e

.111

fro

(e c ;der, C e.

C"?1Of. si-eveas LI 4 tie

1,10a. a/ 11 e 6, (4' e

4. 4 S

CC 6/cc() 4,,-/ or es r

ruck ce as /0(:_v 1-0 7-1-,ere

a

o

Dr. ..5Yeve,,s h(ve e

// h ; h -f-t 4.7- 0

0 a Id a /-5 0

/C S.5 (-\

j 4,. C

c o 4 II e x7-. /0.7o e. (^ -

K). 1144 C/t

A((in liniColence V, Q ,icil i-g4c i-,

..5 /4, ..ad 37-, /i b i(61e

7 ;

BEST COPY AVA6LABLE

(n.

Page 162: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Case study No.#4

01111.11.11110

57v,

M r. Smith has a problem differentiating creativity and religious dogma,

or he would have firmly stopped Reverend Sparkle's attem t to I. roselytiz

his class. Dogma is a religious set of beliefs which, though flexible an

varying from religion to religion, is not creative. Since the college class was

being taught at a community college, not a private, religiously affiliated

school, Mr. Smith had the right to keep his students from unwanted

attempts to convert them to any religion! Mary Sparkle's presentation,

despite her best intentions, was in violation of the separation of church and

state laws for allowing her husband to stray from his implied presentation of

a historical lecture to attempts to convert new Christians.

163

0//-JAI.Y(tAr v\P-

/\"

BEST COPY AVA iLABLE

Page 163: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

7- 2 7, k lCiL kl(9) yaft4 c,"1

) r7

p -f-

/77777 9204

(A--02,s? L? t-4-°

r

1,ccido

- /

)( kA77

(To vd

Acl 15-510

\Jur_

5-)70 X-79 4-0 0-7-1/__f-SU/7

V07-77 L-1- .c7

--k-/V Li7 -Y7 L40)PS-

e-4,5 "Vc:ff Tzr-/I an OH

r-ry, -7 I ui_v-rutAi)

-rL.-12

-p LA427-Ty?

Page 164: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

991

t-cz7

Page 165: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

(

4

rc

(

1

ce

). e 4/C _c./4-,,r5 115'

.1'11 011 c #z.

1):1 T 7;4 _Al 7 1..a . _

" 7/

r 6-1r 14 (-4 4(4 f ;5 /". 102.47

-4

16B

BEST COPY WHAM

Page 166: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

1

_Ionmaatha

.W1),Akc-'jIIL. 0hUurl L1

_aairc\

1161. $%GV

Ls

7 BEST COPY AILI,1ABLE

Page 167: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

v,./Le_tr) k amc)

a»do ,fr)os aid <Wz.to de-e5

111.110./oo3

ctJu-7 (e 6/7)

class (,J 1-ur) dy.)c)

a_wamay)ee d /a _00416141A-<

&y)e es

oym_ \/-k,

,bss 0-7/La ,1

Ial)5 r,1

rytq

07, Jo awa), of) ee

afre-/-ed deo.c/gyis

168

Page 168: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

6,0 r 71/ ecLi) /00-72/z_a (J,z--Zz/

/0)6/Lterns Sayr) d r-(1) O dA 0) aA hAoaie_frueir,

af) hiyk-) :.w6r-u 7019,-/

yT) SO__140 A),/

Ca) -11c_11 a_rd

LI) cZA&O tC2 JAI edo

04*Z71 i&o

ifr t

/ -Ir,,,A-G

calf Z(.30--r 61 fai}? 5'69? 6 kstiv 1A 5 V v''N-A

\%,.5

1120 / J17( (274 _160169

Page 169: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

LuaZo P AL-4

toud Jy)

izet 1))/I'Z'1/LC GLA,

ne_eczo 6e)a_t/ e/ass--/

e(_)-Ykulitt

CZ's-c) zkLaY-i--,_

4,1

az2Lid )c2k-7

1,k6/1,6-1=

J

BEST COPY INURE 170

Page 170: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

I(401.1..

)

Aug 6.--(3-1"'"hoc: r I'LAS

k 3-110 r rd tat c:

-Li- 3 trk

I 1,Q_Ti-yk LCt: aCCLck

Zk (-\C i.1/ LJA,4

mpilci FL. (J! i)

q t\Ac

.-

. "L(.,\. ----->i, \CA _A_ -14 ,',-., ,,. v:.?_ )..,'-,(_.f..,..7:.:H vi.t. .--,:. I-, tr6.11,_

.,i),-(./71--)(..-k._._

.i.c-.-xf., 6.,.aA (..J.)-<__

, -._....--

(J 1 \L;k1(CQ_ ) -/-66..;//'5

t

E.! c(AI_ -en /:-1);

C.:

, ,

.2) :\ \. /

t I

. I ' '

\ k

BEST COPY AVAll LA LE

Page 171: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

1

6f- (ItIcp,i(L Li, 3 W. Ark pt9_772

Axf at.,4(1:a Jul)))

1}0t-A-6

21)9,0,ena 0113(1,1_,Z177,3

afteA_ eau?

cze_el 7,9_1(ya(

L

BEST COPY AVAILABLE

172

Page 172: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

alle ---,Lege,4er_c/11-0 1

e:TC-f-/

ee.

&A? ee cfree

/1 1/.7 °Z.-,

zzec!le/zr e2,11/ ..S-'e/4 ego

414.ciF---az e e 14 -ki76--"ZrZ ry 42-r 'e zege

7/-L. 741 0P-e-f-/04->

Ze cC- 4) /-* e_f2.-", n.r q ,r e/e-e-i74

/-4 s Ize 74s-

of ee.74.s.

( /et

74, //;

Page 173: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

.22

1,?77,72_

'Yitc7 //,/

0/1

'017-(7 /-7Z 5 01, /

atbz 9/C7, 072. 7, 7,, frjYy<9

erd.v-p/7.

A-0,09

C' ..24 Pa_re

- /27z..5- 7,Z,Jr,0947.5-

.4-47 e?

al34 .5-7/r/ap

a .) y-",--,0.04-4/

?7,./?1,(P 62 d:/ air sle,7

2 ).4 it./ A e/Z

150

0/2/7,-,v

a+ y

pi-s-tr

Page 174: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

c Zkr_c, (.4-4

6_0

60,Q_re -,7Z' 73 c/e. / 74-0

J. /e'xrC2,07rzir-27:777-Z4'

'1-2-1z 4e -7-4rQ

4Y'e 7aer" A-e-e31

L c J c?

74t

e?zz- 7/je zieQcZgyze

// fr/-fc,pivn

74

14, c-74 c Zo

epya /z4 /a---c /-.7-/11_

12.C,e,s

BEST COPY AVARABLE 175

77--Ze7,r-

Page 175: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

/1/...c" 7//'GIC 740 Cet; ZZA Gf"-e_e_e

62_ c3/ ize-f7e_P

..rx it,

Z._

71-7z

anvf `/-pe_< y-OAo IS A.

keEc-ie /714/-' fL 1,-sWPVc. e"-c.7

7/..S1 C7 or-u/? P.7171/e-/'ed7.5.r ge:3Z2,9, ZZ.

/ z' eYe.2,fa-

/kit frfr-c, CC,? /7

f!'S' -/--7-/C3 740 ' ,.//740 r,fr7-

176 &,,z:c-,s- -7/c_

Page 176: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

APPENDIX G:ACUTAL SURVEYS (PRE- AND POST-) OF ALL RESPONDANTS

Page 177: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

coCODE WORDWORD

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male Fema

2. Age: (Under 21 years.21 to 30 years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: (under $ 10,10,000 to20,000 to40,000 and

4. Race: Saucasian_(African -American )Hispanic

000--'20,00030,000up

AsianAmerican IndianOther

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think 6,/iceij- iLi/ Z,i/;/;(

??2. When I am asked o write about a controversial topic, I find e,;.,9,

Ar!J27ti

_ _se /

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind

le..271A6

4. Discussing e ical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased or dec sed (cross out either incyase r dezeased to completestatement) my inte __51 in writing because

L.,- /14, 4,06,_/,c

(--

5. Discussing et(dcal issues and writing about them in this English class has

7/1 CA- f4C-'11---(C'

74--eitkP-4'<-'ec-441 Cglyal)t. ea/0_1e Cif43 14.

178 occir rnov AIM! h 1

eiec.4-(_)

Page 178: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

i4ucincreased or dec ed (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement my toler e of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

/r. ..

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am, tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

179

Page 179: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ccDrETHICS SURVEY A

CODE WORD //

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender: Male

2. Age:

years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: 6der $10,Q062)10,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American American Indian

Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1 . When I hear the word ethics, I think 071 &let, backnotirld5

2. When I am asked to write about a cqntroversial topic, I find 1212t2itlyfri

(be -tfieub to-7° y'-11A1 .44.'4-4

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind

Page 180: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I- can usually recognize-ethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. r can usually recognizeethical issues in my.aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

181

Page 181: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

s.

C 0

ETHICS SURVEY B

CODE WORD //

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

I. Gender:

2. Age:

Male Female

21 to 30 years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,000,000 to -707e00

20,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American American Indian(Hispanic) Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think inama,) 4,(24,4_, 06,L,"tadiai eniptk (".1 /y,ke.2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find titajrun LiaQ./ '4'n t2A-t42, d aria uab:AAai-Lly

JAI u.th Lt,tit (1170-f,ci.3. Wheff I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma,find 14. 44 ,A4- 2_4'

Cr-1?-1641 nir

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased orm.44ffigfimmod (cross out either incrpased or decreasedstatement) my interest in writing because ,g tijuim 4

lr trals get 4' eire..e/antA7 LCan ottke

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has. .a .,e,(2.4g,tanu

182

Page 182: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased viPidinglastritd (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other peoples opinions on an ethical issue because

crit po-yaPART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

183

Page 183: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

cC01CODE WORD

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender: Hale

2. Age: nder 21 years)to 30 years-

31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year:

020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: aucasiarp Asiancarin- merican American Indian

Hispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I,hear the word ethics, I thinkaAvel Lao an

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find ---6Dpic,5

1'7(61,4 AAA, if Gen

3. Whenfind

60A44 /y-y20 tec)_11(_.(zo

am asked to write abou a situat'on with an ethica' dilemma, Ih C./1-\ TY)

184

Page 184: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I. believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually-recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe ersonal ethicsis an important socia value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

185

Page 185: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

C D I

ETHICS SURVEY B

CODE WORD (:7

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender:

2. Age:

Male

o 0 years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year:11,111 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: aucasiar AsianAfilcan-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1 Whep I hear the word ethics, I,thi k Cthatetit'f*ak' 'cona th.46%, .716164.) a/rd IFP, Anyclum.

,14,(11462. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

ItAbi Cbn 14.1i#7 aired OP.my

find am asred tg wrtte about a situation wit an et dilemma, I3. When I

ic4 flet&A Ar#4,:if-,-/

f Wa4.:( altio1/1..

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased or deememsed (cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because

.4riou opal aril

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

1 8E

Page 186: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or decreorged (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

of WO-10 L oAviaziukki riv/o/ (fr 4.2f

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

187

Page 187: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Cc oETHICS SURVEY A

CODE WORD f()

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender:

2. Age:

Male

to I yea31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year:

4. Race:

10,000 to 1,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

AsianA merican American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I ear the word ethics, I thinkx-(\\ reiyarn, .

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find k)mi,

NCYNI 12; 60.rAta.0<N6N.CNI \\O -2S..2Ck PA1\ (1"grt\

V..Nr\NANN. (),Ok

3. When I am asked _to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind WCYNC1° eb Nfr r(Nt\i rrNQCX\Z

Vg"\I-\')\)t. </- 64-0rJ\ 6'. \)..ANok 6,0 ,

1;83

Page 188: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

Do\

6. I believe ersonal ethicsis an important socia value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions. (;7\

189

Page 189: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CCLJiCODE WORD n:3

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male Female

21'S

to

2. Age: (Under 21 year----

31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year:K--under $_102_00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: (--Xaticasian_ AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think

sh'flkTh A.

A*.

Vim. IAA

Lk.

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find .00011ek:

\cx\ko,S)V_\ 42 tQs403. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind k x\--- 'N),x 61/40 vyN

\AXNe oriO4..1/4_ ccriviliosies%:1(. )

4. Discussing thi9a1 issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased or dec sed (cross out either increased or decreased to complete

1:74re §1....1statement) my tere 'n writing because \lir_ NcyNay,w) A..._ cur.:54,..4-

ACIP C<\ CIZ\lk -kr=040- Qa6 Ctk,\ \WO 1<\'s WON t-GCA

p-x CAN\ \et,N3Q NA) T\ rviNovit5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

KIMT &RI F

Page 190: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

e7increased or d i eased (cross out either increased or deccreased to complete

statement) my lerance ofother people's opinions on an ethical issue because

\r\s rmisw cix.).Q WA14 t-occA\ r\

C)C:

PART C: Please check the appropriate column vhich indicates your feeling

concerning the statement.Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Strongly

agree disagree _ _

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Page 191: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Cc

ETHICS SURVEY A

Mr--CODE VORD

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender: Hale

2. Age: ender 21 yeau?,2Io 30 years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: 4033141[1112121MOI1$,$60 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAf n-American American Indianispani-c-) Other

WP

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I thinkf\S-ca

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find cjaa,dricryk.\kkAit.- ory(\*Jiovi-vt.AAta nuret1QA

3. When I am asked to write about a. situat on with an ethical dilemma, Ifind CA OX\ um 01/4-rv\-t vrx?-Alc-

0 2

Page 192: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I. cane usually-recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

193

Page 193: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

imss. p

ETHICS SURVEY

CODE WORD /

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male emale

2. Age: <ga==ii3M121 to 30 years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: er 10.0.

0,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American American Indian

,duaaaaron Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find 1001:"KrOa

%)..eu co rk -e skat -Ivo

3. When I am asked to write abqut a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind oCLIAAAAWYL.APACVX-ikaC1(\ CUYA IjrifUeM*6k./111-

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased oxdemplememe4-(cross out either increase, or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because 1* '

pfkAwle-5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

134

Page 194: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or=deoreeeed (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of ether people's opinions on an ethical issue because

Loa. -36NuyW co

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feeling

concerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

-9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglydisagree..agree

1.95

Page 195: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

L ,) CODE woRDAI

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender: Hale Female '

I;

2. Age: U der 21 yearsto 30 years

1 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under:

to 20,000C--=07000 to 30,000

40,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian Asian-American American Indian

Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, i kPat*1 k772 Lft-e-ttr

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

. -401 _41

44, c..1770k07A1A4e.j21-6L/4,(Aoe

3. When I am askeA to write abo t a situation with an ethical dilemma, I01-kk_ 4}-47,tiA-

Coty/iLl/t anvit.,1111

find eb

EST COPY MINGLEX96

Page 196: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually 'recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

X_

Page 197: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD 5ETHIC -SU1WM -B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male Female_

2. Age: Under 21 earsto year

31 to 40 year'41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10 00

20,000 to40,000 and

30,000up

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American American Indian

JEUR7'mtl) Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think, AA. '

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

0.12r vT,I Ar414

3. When I am,asked to write .bout a situation with an e hi dilemma, Ifind-"4". -4/5/>7111A-424d/ A'&4-

LA11_44AJWAA4c., flnAn ?Id"

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased or decreased (cross out either incr,-sed or dec

/eas0 to complete

statement) my interest in writing because

if.,,-/2_ A-64/-1,44.e9 cr-7

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

198

Page 198: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or decreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to completeon an ethical issue because

(l/47e.,4-

statement) my tolerance of other people's opinions

21/41

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree. _

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usuallyethical issues inexperiences.

4. I can usuallyethical issues indemic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

recognizemy daily

recognizemy aca-

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

99

Page 199: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY A

CODE WORD --1

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender: Hale

2. Age: Under 21 yearsc-n to 30 :Lead)31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

female)

3. Income per year: under $10,00010 000 to 20.000C20,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: Asiancan-American American Indian

OtherHispanic

es.

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think C)

corn C,Cfnr\ Cd62. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find -1-hck_4-

) uSC14-0 u Cx rCiLL G.Lc) errLo C st 0

colt') (4) (3( cfriirrtcAb0\im.

3. When I am asked to write about a. situation with ap ethical Oilemma Ifind -1-hck-4- Lont_Ork llsttiLD ()LthiJ_C-0-Afrn

OA Alta. _fa_ ti_bsita_t

UL Lk--tia..n

Page 200: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I- can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my -aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

21ll

Page 201: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender:

2. Age:

Male

Under 21 years1 o 30 year'1 to 4 years

41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010000 to 20.00020,000 to 30 000

and up

4. Race: cPaucasian)African-AmericanHispanic

AsianAmerican IndianOther

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think ahicaLl4 irrxxo6;--cmd c dr)

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

cn cyricricA CN( Sc crra1tt_10115.T)

.

4,-cru251'3. When I wii.apigedlwri e.ab t a situation with an ethical dilemma,find a J711_1:- ill y;y1() -FT)

rrnarip pun

0s ru, rr --1-0 A-n n. _k,4. Discussing ethicalincreased aE:plobeeemsgistatement) my interest

issues and writing about them in this English class has(cross out either increased or decreased to completein writing because Li- laije ryyli

S> St__brn-lr psc cgrIrt _ _k r( *_SY

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

Page 202: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased oxdecmeaseA (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

OP

pa-k- J Lohoin ha a rcirnalag .1 WIWI 11111t ex!

plc./2,Ln "51taarD

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

203

Page 203: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY A

CODE WORD g

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: Undr 21 years21 to 30yr'3 to 4-6 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: 4 4rriciirftillar

.00 to 20,**;1,00. to III

40,000 and up

4. Race: (Caucasiap) AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think ni -Ate Pe.rie( /4-10eq/es

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

I) Iv/

Lik t to ottle r(tp inyo

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind rsord /sA0,J is ctlil tit d 10 k")

( h -t. 1- 6', T &skit 1 Voi'&e zr,v .

BEST COPY AVM LE

2 0 4

Page 204: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually. recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

Page 205: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD 8

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male k Female

2. Age: Under 21 years(11 15M yeirg-.>31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under S10,000t110.000

20,000 to 0,00040,000 and up

4. Race: (Caueiiia-n) AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think pla/4)/3 4 el At G, j 4 fi r

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

ty),,,) 7 Li.kP 1 n 41Vi'c y 1., s 16/

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind f4n

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased or-decreased (cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because if ,N4y 17.1// 4-11//

/9.y/e

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

Page 206: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or-deereesed (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

JAr h.vr ji&i,LA 1 b PS's AA aid w1)-/ f gi5dwoc-11

L.) td-

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

V

z

207

V

z

Page 207: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

C

CODE WORD qETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender: Hale

2. Age: Mall",""to 30 yeifi:

31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under S10.000Cif11,000 to 20,000

20,000 to40,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian Asiancan-Amer_ isEn-25 American Indian

spariic Other

PART B: Please complete the, following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think PoPLQ ('elf2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find.IrVOi

84. x. nA iN\\,\N\A 1 132,4VPcx,baoANA) (())

3. When I am asked o write about a sit ation wi0an_ethileal,dilemma, I111 tifind (in ii41 uv\Qi. Iv(_+

(X)_ 0 \_

208

Page 208: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can 'usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

7(

Page 209: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEYj CODE WORD q

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender:

2. Age:

Male

eari---D,o 30 years

31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: und $10,000

4. Race: Cauc sian

2:7HiSpanic

00 to 30,40,000 and up

AsianAmerican IndianOther

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think 91111x/A15 Ala alitALUZ

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find 0472111%

W400.1rt rWOOLk),

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethi

V.Aft/404.-Aen Ohl:it-Lk Milfinddilemma, I

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasinesessed or decreased (cross out either increpsed or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because 0,412.0 4.13X OW:

FAxiica lakkaAgs, s4un AO-44,12, aloCrkx*

YNA

5. Discuss ng ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

BEST COPY AVM LE

2 1 0

Page 210: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or dmammemed (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance-044ather. peop- Le -1's- opinions on an ethical issue because

fp- _barn mmg, 04? ,LitkeA

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

211

Page 211: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD /0

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit your

be

views on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, soas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender: Hale Female )

2. Age: Under 21 years211030/ears

(131_to 0 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,000

4. Race: -1 6iicasian2) AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think or b/-="" / fr/A57-4 .,,r, /4 7

Peo P ti

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find 7-/71,5/7

Don/ 1./iik.17- li0 77/ ix/R

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind 7-f/A7 ) /A/ r? 7 F "r Y nfoR/34.4.

Page 212: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can-usually-recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

2 13

Page 213: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD 70

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male

2. Age.: Under 21 years2 to 30 years

to 40 yeas.41 to 65 years

Female

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,000201900 tq_1,000

and

4. Race: CaTILsraTliD AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think 0/7 .1,14/447 dcGi20/16 / 77( /4 6 Lir; 77c),)

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find J g ALT-0Y

f)F)00 7 /IoW / WO (1.4.n /94 002 /14,9 01..f 72XE,

E9-7 fl

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind / ,s,/ y /t/4 (-) V 5 oz. v r--/emi /9 7--Ek

741.`4 /<; ./ r: 7. /-:;- 7. 7/1 ±Fie E p./67/7'//,/4.( E Gf -4 2 )11,&11,-X9

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased or deereased (cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because / 6-A-0.7)Y 57W77/96

B 4 e KI416 LAP h 0 6 /747-5,

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

214BEST COPY AVAI L 13LE

Page 214: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or- decreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

L 6,61.,1eN6D 7-#79_7- 6. v6,/..? /'s/.1; 0 ..k) O "6

4-ivy 61 t/&/V S &Se-C., 2:

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant 'of theirviewpoint.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree.

IV/

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions. /7

215

Page 215: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE VORD 15

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender: Hale

2. Age: nder 21 e r21 to 3' yea

o 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: tinder $10.0001)10,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: aucasia Asiancan-American American Indian

Hispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. hear the word ethics, I think tUq

f"IfIxof

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

011 ke J-L,Q.(di hard tk) ee.0 16-P of e 4}?.( volt

3. When I am asked to write ,out a situation with an ethical dilemma, I_fix./QA.66'find ti 4(2

'216

Page 216: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

217

Page 217: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY B

CODE WORD 16

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender:

2. Age:

Male

y -. s

41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: tiDA2/111(12,20>10,000 to. 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: iiucasian_African-AmericanHispanic

AsianAmerican IndianOther

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find (I47,c2.

"12-ALC c/i Z-r_1(

3. Wh7/1 am asked to wrie about a situatipn wi,th,an ethical dfind

C:ej

4. Discussing ethical issues andincreased or deta-Waved (cross outstatement) my interest in writing

//) 1 / ( © l (

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

writing about them in this English class haseither incrased or,decreased completebecause _I- /(4% //c(iLe..1?(7,7---

218 BEST COPY AVM F BLS

Page 218: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

kY6114051/-ineremsed- or-deepeesed (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions-om an-ethicalissue-because

./e)// G c iii t-e/ ()710,,(4C2Z

JL/ T g d61-ttc r)/t/e

PART C: Please check the appropriateconcerning the statement.'

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

Stronglyagree

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

column which indicates your feeling

Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglydisagree

Page 219: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD /2,

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: Under 21 year-SDto 30 years

31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,000,000 to 26,000

20,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian Asianan-American American Indian

rArzYtcat4 Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think NI Lit. 111 ,

cl)t4ir 0tE-1/61

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find 1A-- 4T9

I:NC -I'LL R-11--- bl.) \GI vvl Ici-e Pr rA t (AAP

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dillmma, Ifind A- -{c eklAktsiAAci I rq 3rin ifir (,--P F)61-1--t

2

Page 220: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriateconcerning the statement.

Stronglyagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually' recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

column which indicates your feeling

Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglydisagree

221

Page 221: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Cc

CODE WORD

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: nder 21 y;;;;)to 30 years

31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year:0,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: CaucasianAfrican-American

AsianAmerican IndianOther

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think do ?5h 69,11i

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

-Po be a g ood 14//2?)-rie_e

3. When I am ask%eto write about p. situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind it -it a Filo a J2,rpvtAuxx.-

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

statement) my interes in writing becauseto cpmplete/

Mada (71"increased or cross out either increased or

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

222

Page 222: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increas d or decreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other-people:a opinions on an ethical issue because

1.1/43-1) etepoias .Afte dakitia issuy4

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree ,Stronglyagree disagree

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Page 223: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,1. Gender: Male)

2. Age: Under 21 years1 to 30

to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: 0 00000 to 20,00

20,0 0 to-30,00040,000 and up

Female

4. Race: CatiCiifiR) AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I jheF. he word ethics, I think

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find ey4,i424AM--er" ;6J _./atzgle/A4Z- j

ifiyikal 44 /11/.-22,11.34,

3. When I am ask tqwrite about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind 5,1 -1-1254-/-- 5. v-A f//Ia 4

224

Page 224: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can,usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethical

4issue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

225

41_

Page 225: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Cc

ETHICS SURVEY B

CODE VORD

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender: Female

2. Age: Under 21 yearsto 3u years

31-167410Yiirs41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: and $10 0000 to 20,

20,000 to 30700140,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasiag_3 AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think 16.7z,cl s

2. When I am ask

'd to write about a controversial topic, I find

71 t 4 (414 4-1-_I, 4

ce4

3. When I m asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind. 4

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasiftereaseci-er-docreased-(cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because

)713 C_1:5_5/,...,9- -P-W,c.cd i VI: c._,5 POG 5 (4oPi-L,,,-

.

.

/

if-

/ :f-1 (- \ " t- if 5d c,..- i..--,62..c. r`e c., 5Q-c1 z,v, 9 ii47 [--e.f.--) r ,, ..,-, .i r -IP, fr- .L-i5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

Page 226: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or decreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatemen-0my-tolecenee of-other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

IT tle_ke_oe_ 1.... pvt ,a :ji 41 :I-7 i ly c i 1., /7

Pt' ie(174:- e LA/1;i c) IL/ LibO.? S r .. 0-742-e4 < 4-41)

el(' 4) -Q "es 3 /- G71/9,7,41414_5 A9 1-4--Q- LJ.14, of /-f..zi 060p5ii-Cc7k-? C;,/eei 4('-a C=77 ccn,74L ''',,,, 01)-;^ I.O:15, r- C4 e 4,ic171.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feeling4ce_vAt4ebyconcerning the statement. avo%,,Jey'fA

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Strongly 9 ite.5--Vek

agree disagree '

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Page 227: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Cc+CODE WORD 3

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender:

2. Age: --Under 21 years)( to-30 years

31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: finder S10,000)10,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

Female

4. Race: Caucasian Asianeilcan-Amerftan) American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find ,,

7.4:!7.7

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind 'V? /1! // 4 ?":7

2'8

Page 228: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

V

229

Page 229: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD ?

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender: Male Female

2. Age: CUlaFf'21TrFar1-5)21 to 30 years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: tuttrer110,000_-,10,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAINicaa,American, American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

I. When I hear the word ethics, I think

7g1-

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find /7/2-W3

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind /17.e

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased or decr-eied (cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because r,±Ad____6,21=21a2np.7-7-771---

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

CI

BEST COPY VAiLABLE 2 3 0

Page 230: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or.sieer-eased(cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my-tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint. OP.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

231

1

Page 231: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Ccih

CODE WORD

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender: Mal Female

2. Age: Under 21 years,21t-a ars31 to 4041 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010.000 to 20,0

to 301040,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian AsianVircan-Amer ca American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think QA 1,04..,Acc29..00J A-0 .stosur.c.,,,s, rNA.12.0-.

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find *mac. J u\ o C.0. () 04k S 1 6-0 s

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind 1.44 i 1: 4,4-aLy-- u nct.e.,7 ari t )11 ')

232

Page 232: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can -usually'recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

,/

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

(./

233

Page 233: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Co`

CODE WORD

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Female

2. Age: Under 21 years21 .0_30 years

to 40 yea141 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,000WAN to 20,000

000 to 30,0001-07000h-ard-up-

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think of 6.405,. h 0 fve,

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find z,z.t.

h.J2, (*&"%i Jos-427 4.44b 0.1 tAt41 1.0,.a.c ;to Ac4.41 ttaw

4LcAl

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind Lc

-4:6 f..att.dw.

4. Discusing ethical issues andincreasedJor decreased (cross outstatement) my interest in writing

1/-CtfI.

writing about them in this English class haseither increased or decreased to completebecause

c^A._ r

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

234

Page 234: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

inamemeed or decrease (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my -TbIeiance of other people's opinions on an et:teal_ issue.bacause-

otvA,..r.41 6"4-

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree::

Page 235: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY A

CODE WORD I

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender:

2. Age: Under 21 years'21 t6 -30 years"

41 to 65 years

Female

3. Income per year: undglA19j000000 to Maar)000 to 30,000

40,000 and up

4. Race: ,17iiii

.7--SaaAsian

ifrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. hen I hear the word ethics, I thin

/11M444.4.44

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find A

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, If ind vvtek( ter t_ti-e n-4), k (LtAA

23'6

Page 236: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriateconcerning the statement.

Stronglyagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

column which indicates your feeling

Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglydisagree

237.

Page 237: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD glETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender: (1-1-ale 2)

2. Age: Under 2121 to 30

41 to 65

3. Income per year:

4. Race:

yearsyearsyearsyears

under $10,000Q0;-000-1-Cr20,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

Female

Caucasian AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. W en I hear the word ethics, I thinka cut.k AiaL4A4Arli.

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find Li

id216 lupoi dre, op4u4ty.

3. When I am asked to write about a 4tuatiop ith an thical dilemma, Ifind" w h YNA 04146411 5._rtirk Y UhAitc, kou4 7f7AAAYZJ

te..tfrvA, a.,P_51cis

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased or;decteileg (cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because -11\jb -firmt.:11 CuLQ

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

238

Page 238: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or se (cross out either increased or deccreased to complete---statement),m tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

A4V4k )411, 011-UNANV,, fas\Q)aglAtad.. 06 .

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree -disagree:

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

23

Page 239: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY A

CODE WORD

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender:

2. Age: der a v110__47 toy 30.' years_'

1 to 40 years41 to 65 years

Female

.,3. Income per year: Olnder $10,0002

10,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: CCaucas_i_an.) AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think Tk-e_ b' n bti Vort. -P

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

-t° re"- S ; c/es to bete //7 47,fr,e1.

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind -1 fee( Co b/e- , ,-5 I,/Ve

'2 0

Page 240: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually_ recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

21

Lz

Page 241: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY B

CODE WORD

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender:

2. Age: lind ears(21 to 30 year '

31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

Female

3. Income per year: under glirii(7%)10,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: meiucasian-t'S- AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think /44( eight ecta

vicky 124,19 /I a. a-2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find It- irlard( to pi (4 Ike

3. When I amaskqd to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind kAsed Iher C..-Crywe 4440 Wilfrk a .5:44./L101:.

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has-1ncreased)or decreased (cross out either increased or decreased to c9mp e estatement) my interest in writing because 11 Orallc elk er14--

Baia' -Five .6 vb.). e rview

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

2 42

BEST COPY AVAILABLE

Page 242: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Wcreasgd..-1Sr decreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue .because .gV'tirlie their a eitit d

-6.61.4,61 tat its /. f-.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree_ disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of their \/viewpoint. ic<

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

243

Page 243: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: Under 21 yearsC 21 to 30 ydits2=>

31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: undgr $imm_camoo to 20,9.0.717)20,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: (fEgliCasin'-African - AmericanHispanic

AsianAmerican IndianOther

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think of ?rtA114).., 444Aroriki

fp)2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

3. When1I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind 1 6d)(-(--(C,Lk I , 6L(;)i Lc /via KRCa_, Q-,/va 1-4

4. Discussing ethical issues andira,s3edat. decreased (cross outstatement) my interest in writing

C\C_A-Asv\..0(.\ 4-kk;\98-) (1)..,Q4

writing about them in this English class haseither increased or decreased to completebecause 7:1_- II g, a6/:u tAxu_Kkoa

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

244

Page 244: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or ase (cross out either increased or deccreased to complete---13-tatement) my toler e of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

f\A). e f9-7A S 0

eAeA- .

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople:

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

k

><

2 45

Page 245: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD CP

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate ansver as it pertains to you.

1. Gender: Male

to I years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: -under$10T00010,000 to 20,00a20,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian

Hispanic

Asianmerican American Indian

Other

PART B: Please complete the folloving sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think ,?,-u47,,,//

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find /,(

LJ

\May -e1674# %Zvi

3. When am asked to wrie about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind 1,i _,itc/),< ..,'/M.ec/ 74;9 ,'(//th 7,61e,',,/;;-rZ

46

Page 246: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

X

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

-)

Page 247: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

C(/ETHICS SURVEY A

CODE WORD 3

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender:

2. Age: Undet_23zeauLto 30 yeadto 0 years

41 to 65 years

3. Income per year:11,00, to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and-up

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American meniHispanic Other

Female

.7.011i::

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think a fie epapia reg,"-s- ernmi

(yin/ er-1-., mil a ,cot-tr0 v.Ast-s t-td. P t.:t

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind xo/pr Ajc,

//EA, " Virriakt --pts ri-ur

Page 248: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column vhich indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

>c"'

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

240

Page 249: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD -

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender:

2. Age: Under 21 years,ar-to731 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year:10,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

Female

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American CAmerican Indian.)Hispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think parg&S" pers-a-puotioriA-Lani414-4101eav475 .

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

tom! ,e, .f 4,de 0,69,S 4(44(A4 tfr

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma,al/J/1. TOL, b -Ri6,4?-c

find

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased-es-derrengeti (cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because ___4610A

AL4LnL_AiagE.,

Nyve, ,e-641

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

250

Page 250: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased ot-de mellemdF(cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical -issue,because

.;-44 1140E4E2s5i 4/4 _4401_

.457 _h rte re, 6r)7/,_

;471141414

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usuallyethical issues inexperiences.

4. I can usuallyethical issues indemic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

recognizemy daily

recognizemy aca-

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree_ , disagree

251

Page 251: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD 6/

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender:

2. Age: nder 21 yearg--ars-

31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

Female

3. Income per year: mcr--;---$10701:---i6)

10,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

.

4. Race: Catc;cas AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find ,_227..24_

4f a if-Lew A(64/ wis,e t(/7_,./-viee(pr

3. When I am agked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemm4,_Ifind t/-k 1014-( II a-6Y a: ia,e(/)72 Lrkm_

xt-(c('

252

Page 252: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

I. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I-can-usuallrEeCZedizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. Ecan usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople. L.7

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

2 53

Page 253: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORLD.

ETHICS SURVEY B

following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender:

2. Age: nder l_years21U6 3 -years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year:

4. Race:

0,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

ritati-AmericanHispanic

Female

AsianAmerican IndianOther

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think

/0e)06Z.

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find .24iigL4t1

hatAtt; a Sit igliogx, £16 Lt 1.4tkalitof aew ti4ZA, iv ,th& dMaii/ ffemz1,2-7 faid-p,e,ceze3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind 1/4 4 .

69ai R41-ii, Acta-441-0 ,

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has10(44MEMOi or decreased (cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because be eitaVA,

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

254

Page 254: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or itlinitivali (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical.issue because

,

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feeling,concerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usuallyethical issues inexperiences.

4. I can usuallyethical issues indemic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

recognizemy daily

recognizemy aca-

Stronglyagree-

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglydisagree-------

255

Page 255: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD

. ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male Female

2. Age: Under 21 years21 to -30-years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to40,000 and

30,000up

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

I. When I hear the word ethics, I think

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind

25

Page 256: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can'usuaily'fecognii-e'ethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, .I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

BEST COPY AVARABLE 257

1./

Page 257: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male Female

2. Age: Under. 21 years_21 to 30 years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American- American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

/''

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind ),1%

,

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased or decreased (cross out either increased or 1:1creased to completeslatmetit) my interest in writing because //ft, (1'

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

258

Page 258: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or decreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usuallyethical issues inexperiences.

4. I can usuallyethical issues indemic studies.

recognizemy daily

recognizemy aca-

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyditagree-agree--

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

2'59

Page 259: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY A

CODE WORD t../

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender:

2. Age: <Under 21 ears21 to=- 30years"31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: cunder $10,11010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

Female

4. Race: aucaifanl AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think OF NW441 cula-vgs sge,A

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find AVg0

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind / i pirr't (I' (1 (//AL/ C ivev-gte c 86-Fiv

fiM(E 0 To L,-.1 76- 1-100 DA/6

Page 260: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3.. I can usuallY recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

281

Page 261: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD 1...!;

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender:

2. Age: ...,:1errar-s->2rtd-3o31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: 40gMTAMEIRSTI)10,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: c-Laudigiaii)African-AmericanHispanic

Female

AsianAmerican IndianOther

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think 0-c vvterral

(C) c; (,)04e,, / .

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find ,

cl; 6-,)11 -ec-tie depv,?- b112

er/-61', C a ((7 ;4(-P{l'eC I.3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind ei5 /41 %10-,. 1- s 8.,%"/ 4/-e,

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased ortaBeeeffsv4.7cross out either increased o decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because iwuj ct( 1/1/ti,

1A4 M_ `-* VvY, 1,--c G 6-&-)i-

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

ISESTCOPYAVAIABLE

2/32

Page 262: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or deereaVed- (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other.people's opinions on an ethical issue because

40,AM/ 41090] :(2( 6OtALL& Victri 3-

141"ii5 J406-

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglydisagreeagree

Page 263: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD / V

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

I. Gender:(-------

2. Age: Under 21 years21_tor30;yeaKs.._

to 65 years

3. Income per year:

4. Race: PAasian

under S10,00.00,000 to 20 000

0 +-to 1,80040,000 and up

fricanzrAmerica

Female

AsianAmerican IndianOther

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

I. When I hear the word ethics, I thinkhpnes 1i ad j41rate coneluLA-

9f !iota / rail u tna,c5

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find phirg.zkiP

zey *re, m 6 wito <C-it e ac-r Mee-041,c, Sor dr W.,

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind PilArlf Mhy ileerhfEtS q11 ffi /4444-.1emi,04 !7I As ry 67 #Y414*?(1l1 4416S- f 6d- Ws' yietA---A-1

1,1n1161,1iititS

264

loii)ika,10116 a4,10 iztee4

Page 264: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I -can.usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with other

/people. 1//

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value. /7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Page 265: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender:

2. Age: Under 21 years

41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: un er $10 00to 20,000 .--

to 30,00040,000 and up

Female

4. Race: Caucas' Asianr..ican- American American Indian

ispan c Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I bear the word ethics, I think Of Mara4 11 ap2drA ce ref a ihriTh,-5

1 12. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find 1 1-

.P asy heLa Puy Ye yzeks belie les a re q eNa(roh g e Y6G 71-1` 6 -h. 01 jkli AL .- -1 ( Flky res, /v.1 y' Is544

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical pilemma, Ifind -me ip 44e141) kots s o !Lai-an, c014 it-K4044e

11)hie411 Ikea t f g /1(4.,7rioN

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased or-deereaswi (cross out either increased,or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because kici:ae. /11- 41,406f1vriipm9 46--ithinik aAd -Seely") arkt, is bies /h al Ateredev

f f e 64- vi've

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

26 BEST COPY AVM LE

Page 266: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased erdecreased-(cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

71- s-hot,ve Merl. r vl 0 U .f?L r ;(grifwer

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree. disagree

267

1,7

Page 267: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY A

CODE WORD 1.N.

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender: QMale Female

2. Age: (51WeiaT17;;Ts)21 to 30-years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: 4W--d 0

0,000 to 30,oQr40,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasi Asian'African- Americ n American IndianHigrantc Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

I. When I hear the word ethics, I think

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find /1,vlut 71,14,

JZ. CCC/V-1 t/VA.fr

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, IGfind

2C8

Page 268: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. -I-..can-gusually-,--recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

z

269

Page 269: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender: (Male

2. Age: c_Under 21_years7%21 to 30 years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,000

QILE0 1920,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

Female

4. Race: AsianAmerican Indian

Hispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

I. When I hear the word ethics, I think ^4 t,,La6

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find LAi:

11M-t A. ri 61/1'6

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with ag ethical dilemma, Ifind -cf, PAA/6,

/-1/v\-45LJj--A-

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased fo.p-ettomisseeed (cross out either increased o decreased to complete tostatement) my interest in writing because p,e_.

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

270BEST COPY AVM IDLE

Page 270: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

rItmmeestlor*Fdecreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's.c, feallons-em.msthical issue because

j2"4144d-'6 "7" )11 43"b AA,1

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Strongly-agree _disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

271

VI

Page 271: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender: Male Female

2. Age: Under 21 years21-to- 30 years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think 4.Fw outi e

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find 1-PaS

6140A14- aise44 1-4LA4, -fp olv arweLz Keeseadk

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical ilemma, Ifind iCk CA-", poov7_"A- ..4-1<rot- tArct Simevefriz,

272

Page 272: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column vhich indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I. can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, r feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value. A

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint. >:

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions. 4,

273

Page 273: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male Female

2. Age: Under 21 years21 to 30 years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased ordecreased (cross out either increased or- decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because -a,f ,J ;

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

274

Page 274: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or decreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opiniona.sm.an.etihiaalmAssue-because

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of their y7viewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how to ,,,//

make good ethical decisions.

275

Page 275: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

77CODE WORD / L--

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: ale,/ Female

2. Age: Under 21 years_=30 "years

31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under 10,_009_-to

20,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: pUcasian_ AsianAmerican Indian

Hispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think TIZ17111FD /4041-V

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find 'I)

rumE Tel Tit' Pak,

3. Wben I am asked to 'rite about a situation with an ethical dilemma, If ind v.E- 4 Hilm -rig% pui-0141. THin V.414-T-s, plp

276

Page 276: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can- usuallyethical issues inexperiences.

4. I can usuallyethical issues indemic studies.

recognizemy daily

recognizemy aca-

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

277

Page 277: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender:

2. Age: UladeE_21 Years,21-to 30-year-31 63--4D-Teats41 to 65 years

Female

3. Income per year: under

'11240011_19 299_9(.1Q-1:'

20,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

,-----,-`=-T

4. Race:tOISsislan-- Asian

African-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think 14115111e4t

2. When I am asked to write t a controversial topic, I find

4v2rwref,i,3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind ,leConvu/ 0144 14

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased or demeas0.(cross out either inc ased or decreased to completz_statement) my interest in writing because

74-

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

,278

Page 278: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or ageretiQ (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other peoplels-oOnions an ethical issue because

-

OL4CL-4- 7'.7-.C"C"-?-1"e---

PART C: Plea e check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

(2.4...12-

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

x

279

Page 279: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

Male

Under 21 years21 to -30 -years31 to -0 Years41 to 65 years

1. Gender: Female

2. Age:

3. Income per year: under $10,000Ci0,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race:

PART B:complete

jCaucasian,1771can-AmericanHispanic

AsianAmericanOther

Indian

Please complete the following sentences.all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word .ethics, ,I think

Do not turn page until you

///,a- a:4i

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find i___1110_,(/

JOZIZQ/:d /2/-Z,)/ ALY) &ell /ay- it/Of/974,2&e/bh/--

3. When I am asked tp write about a sip.:find C4 7,6J264-&-G _17.-ie(

Wn with an

02 74/4-/71

ethicWZIrae 4

2-4 )`/j1

1 dilemm, I>11.4ZE?`---

z-6720-1ca___

280

Page 280: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually-recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

_X_

K

281

Page 281: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY B

CODE WORD

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: ("TiZe / Female

2. Age: Under 21 years1 t6 30 years)

-SI to 41) years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,000

20,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: citiicasi AsianA rican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think 4,5,1t/T

A'-(/1"/7- > /4- 5/1-_ (7_ /z x9i,1 .71 e'Z

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

-re) /1)e,--/7 rrifr -rz/'lc- C1 7,71_ CI Xirit- //Ail/ r Z-AS

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind if iy J 3T d szii f-/ /e /1/1,e7-- z"/---- /4 Tq47i e

cl? 4..)t1 / r

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased ag--Ele.eF-eas.e41-(cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because c_i7/2//e-A 71e,

z.zw z ze/Ar Arn /0,6 Arz/A

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

Page 282: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased evdeereavet (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance ofether peoplef.s.opinions on an ethical issue because

ailer/a7t /5 en-71;71/4.-i -740 4,5 e.,-et 470, >74:071 4,4 GI

fr5- 6,V1,4-55 AcX "a>7,X119

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

283

Page 283: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY A

CODE WORD (.0

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender: 6.26:10! Female

2. Age: nder 21 eatLa.)

21 to=30--years-31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: sunder $10,09.--)10,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: (Es AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think o ---Zaf4-L>tkAed

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find ,t

'(L. sVe V- C

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, I-3 <X 1,3e2)--. tO 1.) L 6,3 1- C, e

V-Q.. 44--e-"-- c>.. .

284

Page 284: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usuallyethical issues inexperiences.

4. I can usuallyethical issues indemic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

recognizemy daily

recognizemy aca-

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

285

Page 285: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you:

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: "Under 21 years"21-to 30-yeii31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: Airider $10,000 :'

10-,000-lo 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

Female

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. Whe I hear the word ethics, I think --licakiPS 'OS ..01L41.,

4,4a:ekel aldbtl,At4nd .01)

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

4/23\ :12 .91-444/ 4,141(

1 100\ 04,+ ileLt epelA01/ 1":12-146

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind y(/\./ it 4 IN. 0M4PA aviol°1 i);5 k4 11

tvf

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasif4rmked or decreased (cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because

1

40 A' try, ti,AA s .5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

BEST COPY AVAiLABLE286

Page 286: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or d%eskid (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

i'?"-A- v .YD 1 itALi

L.Jy L ifs k;(c

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree_

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

287

2<

Page 287: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

cC

ETHICS SURVEY A

CODE WORD i7

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender: ( Male

2. Age: Under 21 years----21 to 30 years- '-

31 to 40 yeafs41 to 65 years

3. Income per year(__ under $10,000--1-0,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race:______CaucaaiarkAfrican-AmericanHispanic

Female

AsianAmerican IndianOther

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think .4.04,r1Arikglati15405

v42. ix194.4!..1:-S a.4)(01.044- <6 lo., °AP

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I findii0ZA-",)/i--

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind ;1-

288

Page 288: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value. X:

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Page 289: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY B

(A"

CODE WORD (S)

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male Female

2. Age:

1 to i ears41 to 65 years

3. Income per year:C under $10,000-10,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: Asian, Cam ucasian

--afTEarT=Amirican American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think 41,41i g-: vs_ SlAc1,-)cr /e c:5 c 12 fc,

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find / t-

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind . --

#1- 14 a C (1/4 p s (y) 6, Al =,

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased dbaSEMEMEe4-(cross out either increased or decreasd to completestatement) my interest in writing because 7-.1 , kCh. al e ./y.77 g_

/, "fiie ,Eclo AD

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

BEST COPYMUM 290

Page 290: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased lalgolommmwmmiqcross out either increased or deccreased to complete-statement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because_

Yo 17.4_ C) .4C? r- CA.A 41S -42 a C"

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree,

291

Page 291: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD 4/

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender: - Male Female

2. Age: Under 21 years21 to 30-years,31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: _under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian Asian-_

-

African-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I, hear the word ethics, I think,/ r

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

t///

/r.

3. When I am a Jed tofind

write about a situation with an 9,thicalililem,a, I

6e' ./f

292

Page 292: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences. Af

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies. NI

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value. Y

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint. NI

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions. X7

293

Page 293: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD 4/

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender: Male Female

2. Age: Under 21 years21 -to 30 years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American --American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased amrAdsimEmmmrd (cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

294

Page 294: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased -eirmirmaixemod- (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

1,7/ '/.6-

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

295

Page 295: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY A

CODE WORD

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male Female

2. Age: Under 21 years21=to.-:-30=years.31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

.

4. Race: Caucascalr. AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think.

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind

296

Page 296: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

297

`,/

Page 297: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: Under 21 years21- f630 yea'rs31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00.020,000 to 30,00040,000 and-up

Female

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased or decreased (cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

298

Page 298: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or decreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

4-7-

' eS) C :

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of their7.-viewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Page 299: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD /2_

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender: Male Female

2. Age: Under 21 years21-to-30 years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: C!ticgAian AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I thinks Asgmtz--

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

1i9Pc4.7e7IL 0101124q-eie, 14cer/t,%ure

Air /Lori

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind 11147 re,45/4$'0WIS /"4/4 1742/4'

hlkte 79 Of-rave.

309

Page 300: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usuallY-recognize-ethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethics tris an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

301

Page 301: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD /

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

I. Gender:

2. Age:

Male Female

Under 21 years-21 to-30 years-.31, to 4U years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: CaucasianAfrican-AmericanHispanic

AsianAmerican IndianOther

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think 441-pkos

eldlusweir ot,kee atem;am

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

411->e, 410 way

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind a AA.' criPAVI40/ ®44--

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased or decreased (cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because 05( i Calor/

INA*. it oft 4e700-u, 1f14%. #41%.442 / a 46e4 ielehAvv*p )44,y

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

Page 302: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or decreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

ge,e--/yrke--e_ 710 e Lfrn 19.< 64,

ary/ e7z, c c:r_fe.e

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

Page 303: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: Under 21 years21 to.A0;_years7131 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

Female

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think 4;

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find /

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind /

304

Page 304: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical'issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

305

Page 305: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

/

CODE WORD /

/

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Hale Female

2. Age: Under 21 years21 to 30 year's31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year:

4. Race:

sunder $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

CaucasianAfrican-AmericanHispanic

AsianAmerican IndianOther

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think rah tor-4/LF

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find 21-A.e

/-40c s.,(.1 Al DPI a ticell felE

3. Whgn I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind 74-t s. (4 orriii-e WOW reArOndf,t 404/1-468-

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased oi-dgcreased (cross'out either increased or decreased to completestatement}-ty interest in writing because 'ript.,441t: 41,64:11/AM:-ef-

e

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

3 OB

Page 306: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased orTdiEeate-d----(uoss out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

/71 /e #vie fee A.( /4e cot',

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usuallyethical issues inexperiences.

4. I can usuallyethical issues indemic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

recognizemy daily

recognizemy aca-

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree, disagree

307

Page 307: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: Under .21_years.21 tO-30-kear&

'11-fo-40 years41 to 65 years

' Female

3. Income per year: under $io,opa_,1o,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: (Caucasian AsianAfrican- American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind L4c

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased or decreasd (cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because ),

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

Li!) EST COPY AMIABLE

308

Page 308: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or decreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of ather people's opinions on an ethical issue because

a% 3r Nekfit-t-A1--)ark\A ;,K.L AeNc,g,_

V\ 'AL& deffice.R.A k C _)'t--

AA VAtkkeer NACILL/C

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

BEST COPY AVAiLABLE

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

3 0,9

Page 309: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODB WORD

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender: Male Female

2. Age: Under 21 years21 to-30 yeaFif.11 to 40-yediS41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $1.04000._c_116,_09 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

,_---------,4. Race:(::_Cgucasian ) Asian

African-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think k ,

OVA, Vs air 6}41, Wovr . ft lc° et,b,ckv t

4 IA1 A/0U-11- `10: 601910ta VAioLA

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find i'

OILS

A.iffica loceuukv yytetv,,, pape K .ti_ ,ese-en-ce4r,

e

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with, an ethical dilemma, I 1find tongi,eboVtark- betittAL2 f eArir/ ogr ve6urx. i 4120- tOotrvit tokitk '4- Ct.\ letall4 4-

\)3

310

Page 310: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions. )6

311

ic

Page 311: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD /0ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate ansver as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: 0:de-r---2-1 years.>21 to--;30 years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year:- etiger $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

Female _22)

4. Race: aucaslan: AsianricAnrAmerican) American Indian

Hispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the folloving sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the ward ethics, I thinkAI V Alt

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find .4.../1.7

3. When I am .skedfind

A

o write abou,AL- Ail -4( ill .4

ituation. with an ethical dilemma, I

A 1 .10!",

312

Page 312: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues-in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Page 313: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

carCODE WORD /(;)

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male Female )

2. Age: #ider 21 years21-T6-30--Siears31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: find

to 20,000to 30,000and up

10,00020,00040,000

--4. Race: Qpaucasia Asian

American Indianeifyican- merles')Hispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When

r.

ear the word ethics,L'.,i.att: 4_2'4 .4,ALurito

thi"k 'a' /. A'. MIME; AniNff.A.VGifir

1A AL. / 1 4 1 J12. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

3. When.I am a ked to wrie about a situation w' h an ethical dilemma, Ifind a to IA.dvad-itet

A.° IAN AA A 41 4

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has-increased or decreased (cross out either increased or decreaspd to completestatement) my interest in writing because naztitz), / At A- .4 / 4,44VAPA AE

cmitaefin5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

314

Page 314: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

Aner-eased -or decreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to complete-statemen) -my-tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

tiff'e ti-Lt .44A,otAlkie 0(4 E/Li!"_+. CrPt14 1V

kr A / "14 1 Abye guilfit

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usuallyethical issues inexperiences.

4. I can usuallyethical issues indemic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

recognizemy daily

recognizemy aca-

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglydisagreeagree

31 ;5

Page 315: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY A

CODE WORD

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate ,answer -as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male 1 Female )

2. Age: Under ears

to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,0000(0TO to 20,000)-2 , 00 to 30,00040,000 and up

,Gducasian_4. Race: Asiantfrtcafi=American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think (Of -1>yrY.,c, Ij

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

171:-Z'14c)(

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind

4f( tiM K(,-((4--

BEST COPY AVAILABLE

316

Page 316: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

3 7

x.

Page 317: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answ- it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male Female

2. Age: Under 21 years

31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: 1eV10,)CLO_____to 20,000

0,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: 4V--!_an-: Asianrican- American American Indian

Hispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

I1. When I hear the word ethics, I think OT (. (pt

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

'19 -1.7; p1 C1 'trk.

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind

myy.t-r--h-N3[49 C atl loom, cOic

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased or decreased (cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because

kcnavcst

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

MaGU_ incL) rYwoz

3 8

Page 318: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or decreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint. \i//

9. Generally, I know how to//make good ethical decisions. \/

:3 1 9

Page 319: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD 1 )

ETHICS SURVEY h

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender: Male dT14)2. Age: Under 21 years

21_0 .:30- yearsL31 to 40_years:,41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: underL10,000 to 20,0020,000 to ,00040,000 and ul_p__,t4vA)11(kw-'1'-')

4. Race: ( Caucasian_) AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think imewt), - 4huraa6,

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

\<-0(-it) fit.(

3. When I am asked to rite about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind

6),/_} titz Asko

390

Page 320: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value. 2(

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

1<

321_

Page 321: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

C04

CODE WORD /1

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male ,!EMale /

2. Age: Under 21 years21 to 30-years

cll to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: 10141EA10 0 oy.,2DIC!

ro,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,000 .

C40 000 and Uri-,

4. Race: /Caucasian AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think ffiglia 44 ,41,/1r -

52-t=1.4

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find kj

fr A-hi

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind

o0 (1-31/Li 4014- 92List

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased or 40Jareara (cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because

(7p-014-1,1nV? (14.131) 1-121-1-4L/A1 0W-2 ,y-11c?1_P,

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

Page 322: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or-xlecd (cross out either increased or deccreased to complete94atement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because.-

->1-11,71 mil'(, 2tkL.,

; yr? (.1.4v j 42) .

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople..

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

Page 323: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

aCODE WORD 16/

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: Under 21 years

o 40 year41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010 000 to 20,000

a02A/rE=M:40,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasi--Th Asianrican-American American Indian

Hispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think o.fr pAtirAIS vojvt.e.1),) hi ZAN txtt --4vc(011(514. t 9r ..ete3e, °poet

4ZA

2. WhenWhen I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

Jfaxiovvi.k. NJ la_WU.: a 40 i RAft10):e44111A 4J off_.

Tri'vvczyN._3. When I am asked to write about a ethical dilemma, Ifind J.) 2 (5\or tit aitev,tak .45\6,

h-tat -froiAStaiterj

'324

Page 324: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical "issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

325

A

Page 325: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY B

CODE WORD

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: Under_21 years21 to 30 years

C31 tZi 6O ears41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,000

(rtrafila-T6-3Cr;0007)40,000 and up

4. Race: (7-Caucasi17---) AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I heAr the word ethics, I think 01- 001'0.1 VaA,LAC':,The r 0..t tioraines

6

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

S o rne kw& h a. r._ vo be objecii v-e:

3. When I am asked t9 write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind mil tA) fflat L0,4' tt 1r( 8_ 1 ±Ct..r( .5 et re,

(\`14,1 goitettLutk:,

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased-er-deoreesed (cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because Ajt, jvaa utL4Ivextet.

64-adk,1-1 Al) IAA

5. DiscussingDiscussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

BEST COPY AVAILABLE

32B

Page 326: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased ordecreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

ik, hoz iorouAtirt 0.7011/0(4A1ek Opt: rietti.//mad awai-eficn.5s PoW ?of. ) 11.f are,

(u1 Wo1/2 ire, e/ f di.)1114C; /err) z:

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4'. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

327

Page 327: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD 21ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: Under 21 years21 -lb-- 30 yearsl

31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

1-emale,

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,040_ta_30,0000,090and_up

4. Race: [Caucasian -\ AsiankAfrican=Americam% American Indian-Hispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think grf N1J+1/14v6

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find OE

siduojci- +0 N4F-t-F-e, abtneki- _

3. When I am, asked tow to about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind A tiqtIT ei rri-iCatf 419 V4,440 ,,a-i421,0.

328

Page 328: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I,can usually_recognize-ethical issues-in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

3 29

,(

\/

Page 329: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD 21

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender: Male Female7

2. Age: Under 21 years

31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: AsianAfrican:American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think ENIM*Mae- We:Vett-114

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find A

;Niegp-5-t-il<1,5

3. When ,I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind It .-,As"\i -1-0 An

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased or decreased (cross out either or decreased to competestatement) my interest in writing because ;ScA.416:fpji hi'6305-

s s IOS Nd w214-1-iNi ,a0bomf -AnE 1/4 Foiradthy 1; 4efiEs# N is*,1114.9

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

Page 330: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

rind creased or decreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatem ) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethdcal issue because

EYER1/6/5JE-115 f<rff2E./.0 b. 41" off SA 4-1 otg

Elm.41.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

\%

331

Page 331: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY A

CODE WORD

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender: Male (Female=

2. Age: Under 21 years21 to 30-years

/.3l- .years

41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: ,,uesfia-al-070-C.0

10,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think 0&941.40bity ythsthoe

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind

332

Page 332: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually_ recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions. A

333

Page 333: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY B.

CODE WORD /V

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male Female/)

2 . Age: Under 21 years.,21 to 30 years

41 to 65 years

3. Income per year:. .under $lomo)10,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: cCaucasianAfrican:AmericanHispanic

AsianAmerican IndianOther

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

4-

3. Whfind

a asked to wri e about a tuation ith an thical cal ma41,-.1 AlY

47

4. Discussing ethicalincreased ocd44v4aedstatement) my interest

issues and writing about them in this English class has(cross out either incre 0 of decreased to completein writing because (2,

5. Disc sing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

334

Page 334: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or-derreNged (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions ..sn..an_e-thie because

:r ,f ( (-4-r; sy /LOCI )0 ,/

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usuallyethical issues inexperiences.

4. I can usuallyethical issues indemic studies.

recognizemy daily

recognizemy aca-

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglydisagreeagree

335

Page 335: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY A

CODE WORD II

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to your

1. Gender: Male Female-)

2. Age: Under 21 years21 to 30 - years31 to 40 years41c63)65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00640;11600-WA ug

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfricSn-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcoNete all sentences below.

0(16. When I r the word ethics, I think img/(ci,, /c, z

/ Agar_iv

r(J Itu2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find (2/675

J 1' a I ) -( ) 5 / e 04A p 7fej 526c,c1

3. When.I am,asked to write bout a situation with an ethi01 dil mar, Ifi d 61D-7 (;)tf -f_j7.--( ('U /C--z_) ( C.

()A 6=cc)

316

Page 336: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually, recognizeethical issues is my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

3'37

Li

Page 337: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY B

CODE WORD //

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender: Male Female

2. Age: Under 21 years21-to 30 years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think.

/1-C: .

. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

/

; )

3. When .I am, asked tp write about a situationtwith an ethical dilemma, Ifind t.r. ) n.._ -\\1 177%

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased or decreased (cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because \*-- '---1\(A,) L,) ,c

,

M (IT \,._;'

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

38

Page 338: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased wil?5deaeased-(cross out either increased or deccreased to completet,.statement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

,

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

339

Page 339: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY A

CODE WORD (.7

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male Female

2. Age: Under 21 yearafto 30 ear31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under10,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race:A rican-AmericanHispanic

AsianAmerican IndianOther

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

rerit/

3. When I am asked lo write about a situation yith an ethical dilemTa, Ifind IA) ter e._:5 t 1/v7 c- 4444(./

-ep; /yds cA/ V AO-

340

Page 340: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

I. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally. speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical Issues in 'My dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagreedisagree

341

,7

Page 341: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD /ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: Undr2 17.4rAPJULto 30 years?

3 -to -40- years

41 to 65 years- _

3: Income per year: tinder $10,000 to 20,000

20,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race:frican-American

Hispanic

AsianAmerican IndianOther

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think Nata/5- 171u-e"

2. When I am asked to wri

/1-(Gr-e5f /C\-?

Allako/viva3. When I am asked,to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind ; / c 0/1L 0 Al i.x°*55. /7/-'S Sri i e /%c/

re -/-00

to about a controversial topic, I find /71"

i fs r / earv-/-rove.--5()/ / Xt-

4. Discussing ethical issues and..ineesseel or decreased (cross outstatement) my interest in writing

writing about them in this English class haseither increased or decreased to completebecause r ,o/- pea / t-erested

5. Discussing ethical,issues an 4 writing abot4 them in this English class hasMade /1/1 (PVC1161r5Y-0 /t/ar ic 4ivoiD e )141,1.4 dettEr

tif Deei A) :74 ° 5342

Page 342: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or desemeem4(cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement)-my-taleraneei,of.other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

Aid / .5 74 G-1 ro 5=7.44 to 4445. evfrvy c2.f.,.e

kla 5 0 0(11 rcr-74V-i71- 0,;0400/ N AA 0r-16)

to ,4 0 /1 7 :6) c /PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usuallyethical issues inexperiences.

4. I can usuallyethical issues indemic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

recognizemy daily

recognizemy aca-

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

Stronglyagree

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglydisagree

1/

Page 343: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY A

CODE WORD

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: Under 21 years4151[21Eryea&31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: Qunder_a10,06010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: CaucasianAfrican-AmericanHispanic

AsianAmerican IndianOther

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think

t_no 0 C *..3)

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

3. WhenbI am ask d writeigboutt_24itluation with af) ethical dilemma, I

1)

find ,./0/- (-, 6 jArklAVt 0 Aen-P -1-10 n A75.1....

J f")-1--)

Page 344: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my diiIYexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of their Qviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

BEST COPY AVAiLA41,,E

345

1<

Page 345: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

\ A

CODE VORD

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male Female

2. Age.: under. 2.1. years

(11 to 3U years.;31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: ender $10,000.:0,.000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: (qa7;;;;Te.n_ AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word eth* , I think st4.J !,_t0 mmeOilRPM NITZ 1 I II* ME 1

2. When am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find _21116ALlt

3. When am aske to write abou r a situa ion with an ethical di emma,

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased Q5idEarEamed (cross out either increased or decreased o completestatement) my interest in writing because

t_A.,,ct- 4,4,4441-) r hate', ileetatiblacvlt6011-011

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

ha ett hu. 4te-1-"ker

346

64,e 146,

BEST COPY AVAILABLE

Page 346: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

4mGrpestoptt6.uk decreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to complete-statement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical -issilua

I

t. l' _T Ce±V-L-'

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

347

Page 347: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY A

CODE WORD -7

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender: Male (-Female

2. Age: Undgr_24-__yealL

31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: _AltWW1x-$1.10,90110-___,

( 10000 to 20,012)20,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: Caucgsan) AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear he word ethics, I think siettlEdIritetoikallitit-Oinot.9Pd,

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

A 9 r..-0 JAl- -Le) CLC:

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical`` dilemma, Ifind uk __,ARLE1_A_01 a.z.n.x.) )1 -Dot',

clx

BEST COPY AVM i BLE

3 4 :8

Page 348: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethial-ibsties =in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

349

Page 349: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY B

J\CODE WORD

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male Female

2. .Age:. Under 21 years21 to 30 yew-31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under $10ON_,10,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race:

Hispanic

Asianmerican American Indian

Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

I. When I hear the word ethics, I think Alue_. (110-2...a_P-4Mtfi

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find L.14

0,A 11 ,-Lc3 .

CAT\ c_k IrcAA3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

statement) r7-71or decreased to co to

tatement) my interest in writing becauseincreased or (cross out either inc

I. )k -. 5..- /Yit

Lkiri --\-7e) ,,,SILA_K rkAfrIL.J ..._ 4

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

350

Page 350: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased or decreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolegance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

PART C: Please check the appropriate column vhich indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I 'feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

,35 I

Page 351: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

( --rs,

ETHICS SURVEY A

CODE WORD 4-

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: Under 21 years

31-f6 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: tInder 00 000 to 2

20,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: AsianA ric merican American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

W en I hear the word ethics, I think

/. When I am asked totwrite about a controversial topic, I find ''('MC).(_

2 !\.!i ,

, r 1 ;.

3. When I ammsked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma,.Ifind NI.C(H--,

.

-cr -.

...,

J_ , ------7-- ..,-.-

/I , ,i, ,,..., I

1...11.1 '

(017)-1,:k -t

BEST COPYAMIABLE

3 52

Page 352: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethfdal issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

35B

Page 353: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY B

r

CODE WORD 4-

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: Und ears21 to 30 yei-31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: unde

00,3to20,00040,000

4. Race: (-Caucasian )African-AmericanHispanic

Female

Ago?0,0002)to 30;006and up

AsianAmerican IndianOther

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

' etfeglafaX. When I hear the word ethics, I think . . ...lbc_

(/

When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

f. mit

asked to write abo tion wit an ethic. dilemmr 411 .

ussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasncreased or decreased (cross out either inc e eti oE,dectreased, to completestatement) my interest in writing because (AU,

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

Page 354: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

(increase or decreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to completeMate nt) my tolerance of other-peopaQ!s..op4nianson an ethical issue because

uton-t---tZ MU °AAA MOPC)kti itko 4/0 60

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

355

Page 355: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY. A

CODE WORD ,

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: Under 21 years-'21 to 30 years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

_Female

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind -/

,

356

Page 356: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually_ recognizeethical issues in my -dallyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

357

Page 357: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

ETHICS SURVEY B-

CODE WORD ---/. v . An.

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male C Female

2. Agek721 to 30 years31 to 0 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: under S104120_____TO 000 to_20,000 =20,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race:- ---:_caucasia,n---* Asian=----Arkican-American American Indian

Hispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think An ofz.VS)

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

V e c A r S

3. When I am asked to write ,about a situation with an ethicq,dilemma, Ifind e, r\ b Q. \--

V3Q1-1,0 Qc r'N tc)e-c\ A Ujnar,,r4

4; is issing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has,i creas or decreased (cross out either increased or decreaTed to complete

ent) my interest in writing because (lr e 1 r- 1,1

Cnp \rty,).9 brot -c)

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasC7s)hcAor

( 1_,)(-4-4affmi: / "q)

n. u!-

358BEST COPY AVAILABLE;

Page 358: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

_incteased_os decreased (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatemen0my«tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue because

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

359

Page 359: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

13114.) (1)

CODE VOIRI__ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit your-views on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender: Male ( Female.,

2. Age: Under 21 yearsC;21 ;to-30-Yeif31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year: `under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Race: Caucasian AsianAfr can- American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

3. When I am asked to write about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind r1 I :

360

Page 360: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: 'Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually_ recognizeethical "i §sues 'in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

361

Page 361: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD )

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you,

1. Gender: Male FemaleTh2. Age: Under 21.years

---/1 to 30 yeafS-7)31 to years41 to 65 years

3. Income per yea, under $10,000----year:, )10,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

4. Rape:. Caucasian AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences._.

1. When I hear the word ethics, ,I think /;; , A- )

A f e ' - r., ' ''.Lt. 1 M;t0 5- , ' , ,-/ jj.e.ji /if ./. , ... If'

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

3. When I am asked to4r.14.e aboioy aiitpatiowwith an ethical,dilemma, I.find

I

./'

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased oamieoweesedr(cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because iswJ Ae

I r

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

tIP EST COPY AMAMI 3 2

Page 362: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased ardetressett (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions on an ethical issue.because

I 1

.Z10

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usuallyethical issues inexperiences.

4. I can usuallyethical issues indemic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

recognizemy daily

recognizemy aca-

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

6. I believe personal ethics N)is an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

BEST COPY PARABLE

363

Page 363: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

(: 0 22CODE WORD /

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor toelicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: Under 21 years21 to 30 years31 to 40 years-,41 to 65 years

.,Femal#

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 aid

4. Race: ditiCasian,) AsianAfrican-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think ct vtpluAAA

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find

vmhi\-A3A --tvvd 04-1Ptrlt 45 r

3. When I am asked to xrite about a situat' n with an ethical dilemma, Ifind 40;", tv

364

Page 364: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column vhich indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical- issues in-my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important s o aI value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

365

Page 365: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

CODE WORD c A'

ETHICS SURVEY B

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completely andthanks for being a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so be ashonest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: Under 21 years-21_to.30_years

to 40 yeaiS-)41 to 65 years

Female

3. Income per year: under $10,00010,000 to 20,00020,000 to 30,000

Ammo -and-up-

4. Caucasian.) AsianAfriCan-American American IndianHispanic Other

PART B: Please complete the following sentences.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think

2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find _Obq

cs,

ri)...4"ailtNe.,/ *NA, VOTAJ-71.,

3. When I am asked to writ about a situation with an ethical dilemma, Ifind

4. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class hasincreased ommessammed (cross out either increased or decreased to completestatement) my interest in writing because irg,6

. .co A o ' ii-kLk

5. Discussing ethical issues and writing about them in this English class has

386

Page 366: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

increased orMalialiiiRd (cross out either increased or deccreased to completestatement) my tolerance of other people's opinions,on an ethical issue FJcause

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my dailyexperiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usur ly, I feel com-fortable discussingethical ssues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an inportant social value.

7. Whet. I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

Strongly Agree Neutral. Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

Page 367: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

(:7 (2 z-

CODE WORD /c/

ETHICS SURVEY A

The following is an informal survey given by your instructor to elicit yourviews on ethics in your daily lives. Please answer all questions completelyand thanks for being. a participant; remember this is an anonymous survey, so beas honest as you can in all responses.

PART A: Please circle the appropriate answer as it pertains to you.

1. Gender: Male

2. Age: (Under 21 yeari---)21 to 30 years31 to 40 years41 to 65 years

3. Income per year:

4. Race: )Caucasian

000 to 1,00020,000 to 30,00040,000 and up

Female

AsianAmerican IndianOther

PART B: Please complete the following sentences. Do not turn page until youcomplete all sentences below.

1. When I hear the word ethics, I think ,4.-c. A-

t4,e. np / e .,51,11 li, i 2 i., )Iiik, 11,,,'", 4 A. 7 7.s pc, 17 i ? . ( - ni i ri )4) 9P1 1

b / Pi nne_ IThi 7 "J,/e)2. When I am asked to write about a controversial topic, I find ki"

}viucd i-lf) 4:1_ I

3. When I m asked to write about a situation withian ethical dilemma, Ifind ihAt hA /3- it s Ma 71-- z--) 6 slid/ hx,ifye, /7/-7.5-1,th ,

Zc 24

(

/plo bc he_Afr, //I c)r-

368

Page 368: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

PART C: Please check the appropriate column which indicates your feelingconcerning the statement.

Strongly Agree Neutral Disagree Stronglyagree disagree

1. In general, I believemyself to be an ethicalperson:

2. Generally speaking, Ican make effective ethicaldecisions.

3. I can usually recognizeethical-isSue§=-1n-my-dail,r-experiences.

4. I can usually recognizeethical issues in my aca-demic studies.

5. Usually, I feel com-fortable discussingethical issues with otherpeople.

6. I believe personal ethicsis an important social value.

7. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I understand theirviewpoint.

8. When I disagree with otherpeople concerning an ethicalissue, I am tolerant of theirviewpoint.

9. Generally, I know how tomake good ethical decisions.

369

Page 369: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONOffice of Educational Research and Improvement (OERI) ERIC rEducational Resources Information Center (ERIC)

REPRODUCTION RELEASE 16 9' 6 0 635(Specific Document)

I. DOCUMENT IDENTIFICATION:

Title: 5-t to vat,-) -rk(

&tics --th roRi n CO »,

En harc, kakhev6 ' Etiv:ccd4 c ct4SC5

Author(s): bat) i ci r3 o 'ill KO hCorporate Source: co rowianitj e (4) Awvact_ Publication Date:

11. REPRODUCTION RELEASE:

In order to disseminate as widely as possible timely and significant materials of interest to the educational community, documentsannounced in the monthly abstract journal of the ERIC system, Resources in Education (RIE), are usually made available to usersin microfiche, reproduced paper copy, and electronic/optical media, and sold through the ERIC Document Reproduction Service(EDRS) or other ERIC vendors. Credit is given to the source of each document, and, if reproduction release is granted, one of thefollowing notices is affixed to the document.

If permission is granted to reproduce the identified document, please CHECK ONE of the following options and sign the releasebelow.

ERE Sample sticker to be affixed to document Sample sticker to be affixed to document40Check herePermittingmicrofiche(4" x 6" film),paper copy,electronic, andoptical mediareproduction.

"PERMISSION TO REPRODUCE THISMATERIAL HAS BEEN GRANTED BY

TO THE EDUCATIONAL RESOURCESINFORMATION CENTER (ERIC)"

Sign Here, PIe

Docuneither bo

Level

0-0.C1

"PERMISSION TO REPRODUCE THISMATERIAL IN OTHER THAN PAPER

COPY HAS BEEN GRANTED BY

Nee

TO THE EDUCATIONAL RESOURCESINFORMATION CENTER (ERIC)"

Level 2

or here

Permittingreproductionin other thanpaper copy.

processed di d provided reproduction quality permits. If permission to reproduce is granted, butd, documents will be processed at Level 1.

"I hereby grant to the Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC) nonexclusive permission to reproduce this docuinent asindicated above. Reproduction from the ERIC microfiche or electronic/optical media by persons other than ERIC employees and itssystem contractors requires permission from the copyright holder. Exception is made for non-profit reproduction by libraries and otherservice agencies to satisfy information needs of educators in response to discrete inquiries."

Signatur . ,c)cto'd Gt) RA.D.p.A........

Position: 61 ReicleAtt -PI."' 6 traltat4 ) ek:)USko

Printed e: Da ict , Cprolic, Organization: CO kr1Wt L4 Vat) Cl/5C k), Pridlis0e--.

Address: Cowiniu yuttkle4 (1C4 e, A IAA/AA_

i port2 e.ia c-ttc Poutic-Nortrt 6 etIA A if klina mit cs Sakiwunc, , co *-ov r 1 -1103(0'

Telephone Number:, i 2,,,1 N 3(,0-1.1.711 met.iloice dlcult: k :iv , )

Date: 0 cdt0 10eA al, P9scaOVER

Page 370: ED 402 958 AUTHOR Throne, David W.

III. DOCUMENT AVAILABILITY INFORMATION (FROM NON-ERIC SOURCE):

If permission to reproduce is not granted to ERIC, or, if you wish ERIC to cite the availability of the document from anothersource, please provide the following information reguarding the availability of the document. (ERIC will not announce a documentunless it is publicly available, and a dependable source can be specified. Contributors should also be aware that ERIC selectioncriteria are significantly more stringent for documents that cannot be made available through EDRS.)

Publisher/Distributor:

Address:

Price Per Copy: Quantity Price:

IV. REFERRAL OF ERIC TO COPYRIGHT/REPRODUCTION RIGHTS HOLDER:

If the right to grant reproduction release is held by someone other than the addressee, please provide the appropriatename and address:

Name and address of current copyright/reproduction rights holder:

Name:

Address:

V. WHERE TO SEND THIS FORM:

Send this form to the following ERIC Clearinghouse:

Sean Nelson, Acquisitions CoordinatorERIC Clearinghouse for Community CollegesUniversity of California, Los Angeles3051 Moore HallLos Angeles, CA 90095

(Rev. 9/91)

1994 TEACHING EXCELLENCE CONF.MAY 22-25, AUSTIN, TX

THE NATIONAL INSTITUTE FORSTAFF AND ORGAN. DEVEL (NISOD)